macosx/Controller.m

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here ShowPreviewIdentifier */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowPreviewIdentifier             = @"Show Preview Window Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  25 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  26
  27
  28 /*******************************
  29  * HBController implementation *
  30  *******************************/
  31 @implementation HBController
  32
  33 - (id)init
  34 {
  35     self = [super init];
  36     if( !self )
  37     {
  38         return nil;
  39     }
  40
  41     /* replace bundled app icon with one which is 32/64-bit savvy */
  42 #if defined( __LP64__ )
  43     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake-64.icns"]];
  44 #else
  45     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake.icns"]];
  46 #endif
  47     if( fApplicationIcon != nil )
  48         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:fApplicationIcon];
  49
  50     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  51     fHandle = NULL;
  52     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  53     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  54      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  55      */
  56     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  57                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  58                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  59     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  60                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  61     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  62     {
  63         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  64                                                    attributes:nil];
  65     }
  66     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  67     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  68     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  69     {
  70         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  71                                                    attributes:nil];
  72     }
  73     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  74     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  75     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  76     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  77     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  78      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  79      * there in the future
  80      */
  81     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  82     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  83     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  84     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  85     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  86
  87     return self;
  88 }
  89
  90
  91 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  92 {
  93     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  94     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  95     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  96     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  97     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  98     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  99     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
 100
 101         // Set the Growl Delegate
 102     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
 103     /* Init others controllers */
 104     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
 105     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
 106
 107     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
 108     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
 109
 110     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 111     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 112     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 113
 114     /* setup the subtitles delegate and connections to table */
 115     fSubtitlesDelegate = [[HBSubtitles alloc] init];
 116     [fSubtitlesTable setDataSource:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 117     [fSubtitlesTable setDelegate:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 118     [fSubtitlesTable setRowHeight:25.0];
 119
 120     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 121     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 122
 123     dockIconProgress = 0;
 124
 125     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 126     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 127                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 128                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 129                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 130
 131     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 132     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 133         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 134
 135     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 136     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 137         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 138
 139         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 140
 141     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 142      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 143      */
 144      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 145
 146     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 147      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 148      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 149     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 150         {
 151         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 152         [self getQueueStats];
 153         /* this results in these values
 154          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 155          * fPendingCount = 0;
 156          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 157          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 158          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 159          */
 160
 161         /*On Screen Notification*/
 162         NSString * alertTitle;
 163
 164         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 165          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 166          */
 167         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 168         {
 169         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 170                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 171         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 172                                       alertTitle,
 173                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 174                                       nil,
 175                                       nil,
 176                                       fWindow, self,
 177                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 178                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 179         }
 180         else
 181         {
 182             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 183             {
 184                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 185                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 186                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 187             }
 188             else
 189             {
 190                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 191                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 192                               fPendingCount];
 193             }
 194
 195             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 196                                       alertTitle,
 197                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 198                                       nil,
 199                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 200                                       fWindow, self,
 201                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 202                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 203         }
 204
 205     }
 206     else
 207     {
 208         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 209         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 210         {
 211             [self browseSources:nil];
 212         }
 213
 214         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 215         {
 216             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 217         }
 218     }
 219 }
 220
 221 - (int) hbInstances
 222 {
 223     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 224     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 225     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 226     int hbInstances = 0;
 227     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 228         {
 229         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 230                 {
 231             hbInstances++;
 232                 }
 233         }
 234     return hbInstances;
 235 }
 236
 237 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 238 {
 239     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 240     {
 241         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 242         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 243         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 244         {
 245             [self browseSources:nil];
 246         }
 247
 248         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 249         {
 250             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 251         }
 252     }
 253     else
 254     {
 255         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 256         {
 257             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 258         }
 259         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 260     }
 261 }
 262
 263 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 264 {
 265
 266
 267     hb_state_t s;
 268     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 269
 270     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 271     {
 272         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 273                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 274                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 275                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 276
 277         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 278         {
 279             return NSTerminateNow;
 280         }
 281         else
 282             return NSTerminateCancel;
 283     }
 284
 285     // Warn if items still in the queue
 286     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 287     {
 288         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 289                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 290                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 291                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 292
 293         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 294             return NSTerminateNow;
 295         else
 296             return NSTerminateCancel;
 297     }
 298
 299     return NSTerminateNow;
 300 }
 301
 302 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 303 {
 304
 305     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 306     [outputPanel release];
 307         [fQueueController release];
 308     [fPreviewController release];
 309     [fPictureController release];
 310     [fApplicationIcon release];
 311
 312     hb_close(&fHandle);
 313     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 314     hb_global_close();
 315
 316 }
 317
 318
 319 - (void) awakeFromNib
 320 {
 321     [fWindow center];
 322     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:NO];
 323
 324     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 325
 326     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 327     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 328     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 329     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 330
 331     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 332      evaluate successive scans */
 333         currentScanCount = 0;
 334
 335
 336     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 337         [self loadPresets];
 338
 339     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 340     [self loadQueueFile];
 341
 342     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 343
 344     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 345      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 346      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 347      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 348      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 349      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 350      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 351      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 352      * should require their own thread.
 353      */
 354
 355     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 356     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 357
 358
 359
 360         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 361      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 362         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 363         {
 364         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 365         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 366                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 367         if( drawerSize.width )
 368             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 369                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 370         }
 371
 372     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 373     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 374     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 375
 376     /* Setup the start / stop popup */
 377     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp removeAllItems];
 378     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Chapters"];
 379     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Seconds"];
 380     [fEncodeStartStopPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Frames"];
 381     /* Align the start / stop widgets with the chapter popups */
 382     [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp frame].origin];
 383     [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp frame].origin];
 384
 385     [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp frame].origin];
 386     [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setFrameOrigin:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp frame].origin];
 387
 388     /* Destination box*/
 389     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 390     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 391     // MP4 file
 392     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 393     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 394         // MKV file
 395     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 396     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 397
 398     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 399
 400     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 401
 402         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 403         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 404         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 405         {
 406                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 407         }
 408
 409
 410
 411
 412     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 413                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 414
 415     /* Video encoder */
 416     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 417     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 418
 419
 420     /* Video quality */
 421     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 422         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 423
 424     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 425     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 426
 427     /* Video framerate */
 428     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 429         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 430     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 431     {
 432         if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 433                 {
 434                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 435                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 436                 }
 437                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 438                 {
 439                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 440                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 441                 }
 442                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 443                 {
 444                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 445                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 446                 }
 447                 else
 448                 {
 449                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 450              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 451                 }
 452     }
 453     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 454
 455         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 456     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 457
 458         /* Audio bitrate */
 459     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 460     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 461     {
 462         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 463          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 464
 465     }
 466     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 467
 468     /* Audio samplerate */
 469     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 470     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 471     {
 472         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 473          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 474     }
 475     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 476
 477     /* Bottom */
 478     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 479
 480     [self enableUI: NO];
 481         [self setupToolbar];
 482
 483         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 484         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 485         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 486
 487
 488         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 489         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 490         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 491         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 492
 493
 494 }
 495
 496 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 497 {
 498     NSControl * controls[] =
 499     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 500         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 501         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 502         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 503         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 504         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 505         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 506         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 507         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 508         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 509         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 510         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 511         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 512         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 513         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 514         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 515                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 516         fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel,
 517         fEncodeStartStopPopUp,fSrcTimeStartEncodingField,fSrcTimeEndEncodingField,fSrcFrameStartEncodingField,fSrcFrameEndEncodingField};
 518
 519     for( unsigned i = 0;
 520         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 521     {
 522         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 523         {
 524             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 525             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 526             {
 527                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 528                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 529                 continue;
 530             }
 531         }
 532         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 533
 534     }
 535
 536         if (b) {
 537
 538         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 539         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 540         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 541         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 542         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 543
 544         } else {
 545
 546                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 547
 548         }
 549
 550     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 551     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 552 }
 553
 554
 555 /***********************************************************************
 556  * UpdateDockIcon
 557  ***********************************************************************
 558  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 559  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 560  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 561  * icon.
 562  **********************************************************************/
 563 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 564 {
 565     NSData * tiff;
 566     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 567     uint32_t * pen;
 568     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 569     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 570     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 571     int row_start, row_end;
 572     int i, j;
 573
 574     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 575     {
 576         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: fApplicationIcon];
 577         return;
 578     }
 579
 580     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 581     tiff = [fApplicationIcon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 582             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 583     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 584
 585     /* Draw the progression bar */
 586     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 587
 588     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 589     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 590
 591     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 592     {
 593         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 594         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 595         {
 596             pen[j] = black;
 597         }
 598     }
 599     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 600     {
 601         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 602         pen[0] = black;
 603         pen[1] = black;
 604         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 605         {
 606             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 607             {
 608                 pen[j] = red;
 609             }
 610             else
 611             {
 612                 pen[j] = white;
 613             }
 614         }
 615         pen[j]   = black;
 616         pen[j+1] = black;
 617     }
 618     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 619     {
 620         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 621         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 622         {
 623             pen[j] = black;
 624         }
 625     }
 626
 627     /* Now update the dock icon */
 628     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 629             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 630     NSImage* icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 631     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 632     [icon release];
 633 }
 634
 635 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 636 {
 637
 638     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 639
 640     hb_list_t  * list;
 641     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 642     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 643      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 644      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 645         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 646         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 647         {
 648                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 649         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 650         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 651         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 652                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 653         }
 654
 655     hb_state_t s;
 656     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 657
 658     switch( s.state )
 659     {
 660         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 661             break;
 662 #define p s.param.scanning
 663         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 664                 {
 665             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 666                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 667                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 668             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 669             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 670             break;
 671                 }
 672 #undef p
 673
 674 #define p s.param.scandone
 675         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 676         {
 677             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 678             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 679             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 680                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 681             [self showNewScan:nil];
 682             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 683
 684                         break;
 685         }
 686 #undef p
 687
 688 #define p s.param.working
 689         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 690         {
 691
 692             break;
 693         }
 694 #undef p
 695
 696 #define p s.param.muxing
 697         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 698         {
 699
 700             break;
 701         }
 702 #undef p
 703
 704         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 705             break;
 706
 707         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 708         {
 709             break;
 710         }
 711     }
 712
 713
 714     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 715     // hb_list_t  * list;
 716     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 717     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 718      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 719      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 720
 721     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 722         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 723         {
 724                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 725         }
 726
 727     //hb_state_t s;
 728     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 729
 730     switch( s.state )
 731     {
 732         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 733             break;
 734 #define p s.param.scanning
 735         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 736                 {
 737             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 738                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 739                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 740
 741             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 742             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 743                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 744                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 745             break;
 746                 }
 747 #undef p
 748
 749 #define p s.param.scandone
 750         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 751         {
 752                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 753             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 754             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 755
 756                         break;
 757         }
 758 #undef p
 759
 760
 761 #define p s.param.working
 762
 763         case HB_STATE_SEARCHING:
 764                 {
 765             NSMutableString * string;
 766             NSString * pass_desc;
 767
 768             /* Update text field */
 769             pass_desc = @"";
 770             //string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Searching for start point: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 771             /* For now, do not announce "pass x of x for the search phase ... */
 772             string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Searching for start point ... :  %.2f %%", @"" ), 100.0 * p.progress];
 773
 774                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 775             {
 776                 [string appendFormat:
 777                  NSLocalizedString( @" (ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ), p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 778             }
 779
 780             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 781             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 782             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 783             /* Update slider */
 784             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 785             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 786             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 787
 788             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 789             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 790             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 791             // HBController.
 792             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 793             {
 794                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 795                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 796                     frame.size.width = 591;
 797                 frame.size.height += 36;
 798                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 799                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 800                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 801
 802             }
 803
 804             /* Update dock icon */
 805             /* Note not done yet */
 806             break;
 807         }
 808
 809
 810         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 811         {
 812             NSMutableString * string;
 813             NSString * pass_desc;
 814                         /* Update text field */
 815             if (p.job_cur == 1 && p.job_count > 1)
 816             {
 817                 if ([[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] && [[[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex]objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectAtIndex:0] objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue] == 1)
 818                 {
 819                     pass_desc = @"(subtitle scan)";
 820                 }
 821                 else
 822                 {
 823                     pass_desc = @"";
 824                 }
 825             }
 826             else
 827             {
 828                 pass_desc = @"";
 829             }
 830
 831                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 832
 833                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 834             {
 835                 [string appendFormat:
 836                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 837                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 838             }
 839
 840             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 841             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 842             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 843             /* Update slider */
 844             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 845             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 846             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 847
 848             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 849             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 850             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 851             // HBController.
 852             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 853             {
 854                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 855                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 856                     frame.size.width = 591;
 857                 frame.size.height += 36;
 858                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 859                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 860                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 861
 862             }
 863
 864             /* Update dock icon */
 865             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 866             {
 867                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 868                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 869             }
 870
 871             break;
 872         }
 873 #undef p
 874
 875 #define p s.param.muxing
 876         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 877         {
 878             /* Update text field */
 879             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 880             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 881             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 882             /* Update slider */
 883             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 884             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 885
 886             /* Update dock icon */
 887             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 888
 889                         break;
 890         }
 891 #undef p
 892
 893         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 894                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 895             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 896
 897                         break;
 898
 899         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 900         {
 901             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 902             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 903             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 904
 905             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 906             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 907             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 908             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 909             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 910             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 911             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 912             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 913
 914             /* Restore dock icon */
 915             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 916             dockIconProgress = 0;
 917
 918             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 919             {
 920                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 921                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 922                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 923                 frame.size.height += -36;
 924                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 925                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 926                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 927                         }
 928             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 929              * individual encode log
 930              */
 931                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 932             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 933              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 934                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 935             {
 936                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 937                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 938                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 939
 940                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 941                 /* Growl alert */
 942                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 943                 /* Send to MetaX */
 944                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 945
 946                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 947                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 948
 949                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 950                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 951                  */
 952                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 953                 {
 954                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 955                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 956                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 957                     {
 958                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 959                         int status;
 960                         NSBeep();
 961                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 962                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 963                     }
 964
 965                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 966                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 967                     {
 968                         /* Sleep */
 969                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 970                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 971                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 972                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 973                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 974                         [scriptObject release];
 975                     }
 976                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 977                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 978                     {
 979                         /* Shut Down */
 980                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 981                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 982                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 983                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 984                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 985                         [scriptObject release];
 986                     }
 987
 988                 }
 989
 990
 991             }
 992
 993             break;
 994         }
 995     }
 996
 997 }
 998
 999 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
1000 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
1001 {
1002     va_list args;
1003     va_start(args, format);
1004     if (format != nil)
1005     {
1006         char str[1024];
1007         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
1008
1009         time_t _now = time( NULL );
1010         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
1011         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
1012     }
1013     va_end(args);
1014 }
1015
1016 #pragma mark -
1017 #pragma mark Toolbar
1018 // ============================================================
1019 // NSToolbar Related Methods
1020 // ============================================================
1021
1022 - (void) setupToolbar {
1023     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
1024
1025     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
1026     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
1027     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
1028
1029     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
1030
1031     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
1032 }
1033
1034 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
1035     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
1036     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
1037
1038     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1039     {
1040         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
1041         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
1042         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
1043         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
1044         [item setTarget: self];
1045         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
1046         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1047     }
1048     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1049     {
1050         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
1051         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1052         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1053         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1054         [item setTarget: self];
1055         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
1056     }
1057     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1058     {
1059         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1060         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1061         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
1062         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
1063         [item setTarget: self];
1064         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
1065         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1066     }
1067     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1068     {
1069         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1070         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1071         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
1072         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
1073         [item setTarget: self];
1074         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
1075     }
1076     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1077     {
1078         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
1079         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1080         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1081         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1082         [item setTarget: self];
1083         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1084     }
1085     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1086     {
1087         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1088         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1089         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1090         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1091         [item setTarget: self];
1092         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1093     }
1094     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1095     {
1096         [item setLabel: @"Preview Window"];
1097         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Preview"];
1098         [item setToolTip: @"Show Preview"];
1099         //[item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1100         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Brushed_Window"]];
1101         [item setTarget: self];
1102         [item setAction: @selector(showPreviewWindow:)];
1103     }
1104     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1105     {
1106         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1107         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1108         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1109         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1110         [item setTarget: self];
1111         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1112         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1113     }
1114     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1115     {
1116         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1117         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1118         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1119         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1120         [item setTarget: self];
1121         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1122     }
1123     else
1124     {
1125         return nil;
1126     }
1127
1128     return item;
1129 }
1130
1131 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1132 {
1133     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1134         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1135                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1136 }
1137
1138 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1139 {
1140     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1141         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1142         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1143         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1144 }
1145
1146 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1147 {
1148     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1149
1150     if (fHandle)
1151     {
1152         hb_state_t s;
1153
1154         hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1155         if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1156         {
1157
1158             if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1159             {
1160                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1161                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Cancel Scan"];
1162                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Cancel Scanning"];
1163                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Cancel Scanning Source"];
1164                 return YES;
1165             }
1166
1167             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] || [ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1168                 return NO;
1169         }
1170         else
1171         {
1172             if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1173             {
1174                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1175                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Source"];
1176                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1177                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1178                 return YES;
1179             }
1180         }
1181
1182         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1183
1184         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_SEARCHING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1185         {
1186             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1187             {
1188                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1189                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1190                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1191                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1192                 return YES;
1193             }
1194             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1195             {
1196                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1197                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1198                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1199                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1200                 return YES;
1201             }
1202             if (SuccessfulScan)
1203             {
1204                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1205                     return YES;
1206                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1207                     return YES;
1208                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1209                     return YES;
1210             }
1211         }
1212         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1213         {
1214             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1215             {
1216                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1217                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1218                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1219                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1220                 return YES;
1221             }
1222             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1223                 return YES;
1224             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1225                 return YES;
1226             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1227                 return YES;
1228             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1229                 return YES;
1230         }
1231         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1232             return NO;
1233         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1234         {
1235             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1236             {
1237                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1238                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1239                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1240                 else
1241                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1242                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1243                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1244                 return YES;
1245             }
1246             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1247                 return YES;
1248             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1249                 return YES;
1250             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1251                 return YES;
1252         }
1253
1254     }
1255     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1256     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1257         return YES;
1258     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1259         return YES;
1260     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1261         return YES;
1262     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1263         return YES;
1264     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1265         return YES;
1266
1267     return NO;
1268 }
1269
1270 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1271 {
1272     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1273
1274     hb_state_t s;
1275     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1276
1277     if (fHandle)
1278     {
1279         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1280             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1281
1282         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1283         {
1284             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1285                 return NO;
1286             else
1287                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1288         }
1289         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1290             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1291         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1292         {
1293             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1294             {
1295                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1296                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1297                 return YES;
1298             }
1299             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1300             {
1301                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1302                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1303                 return YES;
1304             }
1305             else
1306                 return NO;
1307         }
1308         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1309         {
1310             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1311             {
1312                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1313                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1314                 return YES;
1315             }
1316             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1317             {
1318                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1319                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1320                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1321             }
1322             else
1323                 return NO;
1324         }
1325     }
1326     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1327     {
1328         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1329     }
1330
1331     return YES;
1332 }
1333
1334 #pragma mark -
1335 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1336 // register a test notification and make
1337 // it enabled by default
1338 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1339 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1340 {
1341     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1342     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1343     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1344     nil];
1345
1346     return registrationDictionary;
1347 }
1348
1349 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1350 {
1351     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1352     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1353     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1354     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1355     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1356         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1357     {
1358         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1359         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1360          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1361          description:growlMssg
1362          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1363          iconData:nil
1364          priority:0
1365          isSticky:1
1366          clickContext:nil];
1367     }
1368
1369 }
1370 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1371 {
1372     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1373     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1374     {
1375         NSString *sendToApp = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey: @"SendCompletedEncodeToApp"];
1376         if (![sendToApp isEqualToString:@"None"])
1377         {
1378             [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to send encode to: %s", [sendToApp UTF8String]];
1379             NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@%@%@", @"tell application \"",sendToApp,@"\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1380             [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1381             [myScript release];
1382         }
1383
1384     }
1385 }
1386 #pragma mark -
1387 #pragma mark Get New Source
1388
1389 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1390 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1391 {
1392
1393     hb_state_t s;
1394     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1395     if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1396     {
1397         [self cancelScanning:nil];
1398         return;
1399     }
1400
1401
1402     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1403
1404     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1405     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1406     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1407     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1408     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1409         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1410         {
1411                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1412         }
1413         else
1414         {
1415                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1416                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1417         }
1418     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1419         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1420         */
1421     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1422                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1423                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1424                       contextInfo: sender];
1425 }
1426
1427 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1428                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1429 {
1430     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1431      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1432      */
1433     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1434     /* User selected a file to open */
1435         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1436     {
1437             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1438         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1439
1440         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1441         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1442         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1443         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1444         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1445          * the title selection sheet right away
1446          */
1447         [sheet orderOut: self];
1448
1449         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu || [[NSApp currentEvent] modifierFlags] & NSAlternateKeyMask)
1450         {
1451             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1452              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1453              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1454              * purposes in the title panel
1455              */
1456             /* Full Path */
1457             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1458             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1459
1460             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1461             {
1462                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1463                  we have to use the title->path value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1464                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1465             }
1466             else
1467             {
1468                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1469                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1470             }
1471             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1472             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1473             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1474             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1475             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1476              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1477              */
1478             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1479         }
1480         else
1481         {
1482             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1483             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1484
1485             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1486             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1487             {
1488                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1489                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1490                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1491                 {
1492                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1493                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1494                      .mpg media file */
1495                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1496                     NSString *mpgname;
1497                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1498                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: YES
1499                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1500                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1501                     if (n > 0)
1502                     {
1503                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1504                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1505                         path = mpgname;
1506                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1507                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1508                     }
1509                     else
1510                     {
1511                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1512                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1513                     }
1514                 }
1515                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1516                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1517                 {
1518                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1519                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1520                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1521                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1522                 }
1523                 else
1524                 {
1525                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1526                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1527                 }
1528             }
1529             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1530             {
1531                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1532                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1533                 {
1534                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1535                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1536                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1537                 }
1538                 else
1539                 {
1540                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1541                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1542                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1543                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1544                 }
1545                 applyQueueToScan = NO;
1546                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1547             }
1548
1549         }
1550
1551     }
1552 }
1553
1554 - (IBAction)showAboutPanel:(id)sender
1555 {
1556     NSMutableDictionary* d = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] initWithObjectsAndKeys:
1557         fApplicationIcon, @"ApplicationIcon",
1558         nil ];
1559     [NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:d];
1560     [d release];
1561 }
1562
1563 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1564 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1565 {
1566     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1567     * user changes it
1568     */
1569     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1570         /* Show the panel */
1571         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1572 }
1573
1574 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1575 {
1576     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1577     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1578
1579     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1580     {
1581         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1582         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1583                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1584         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1585         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1586
1587         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1588          * to be scanned
1589          */
1590         applyQueueToScan = NO;
1591         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1592     }
1593 }
1594
1595 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1596 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1597 {
1598
1599     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1600     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1601     BOOL vlcFound = 0;
1602     NSString *path = scanPath;
1603     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1604
1605     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1606     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1607     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1608
1609     // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1610     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1611     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1612
1613     [self enableUI: NO];
1614
1615     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1616     {
1617         int hb_arch;
1618 #if defined( __LP64__ )
1619         /* we are 64 bit */
1620         hb_arch = 64;
1621 #else
1622         /* we are 32 bit */
1623         hb_arch = 32;
1624 #endif
1625
1626
1627         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1628         // device path instead.
1629         path = [detector devicePath];
1630         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1631
1632         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1633         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1634         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1635             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1636             {
1637             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1638             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1639             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1640             int status;
1641             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1642             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1643
1644             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1645             {
1646                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1647                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1648             }
1649             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1650             {
1651                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1652                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1653             }
1654             else
1655             {
1656                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1657                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1658                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1659             }
1660
1661         }
1662         else
1663         {
1664             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1665             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1666             vlcFound = 1;
1667         }
1668         /* test for architecture of the vlc app */
1669         NSArray *vlc_architecturesArray = [[NSBundle bundleWithPath:@"/Applications/VLC.app"] executableArchitectures];
1670         BOOL vlcIntel32bit = NO;
1671         BOOL vlcIntel64bit = NO;
1672         BOOL vlcPPC32bit = NO;
1673         BOOL vlcPPC64bit = NO;
1674         /* check the available architectures for vlc and note accordingly */
1675         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [vlc_architecturesArray objectEnumerator];
1676         id tempObject;
1677         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1678         {
1679
1680             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureI386)
1681             {
1682                 vlcIntel32bit = YES;
1683             }
1684             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureX86_64)
1685             {
1686                 vlcIntel64bit = YES;
1687             }
1688             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC)
1689             {
1690                 vlcPPC32bit = YES;
1691             }
1692             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC64)
1693             {
1694                 vlcPPC64bit = YES;
1695             }
1696
1697         }
1698         /* Write vlc architecture findings to activity window */
1699         if (vlcIntel32bit)
1700         {
1701             [self writeToActivityLog: " 32-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1702         }
1703         if (vlcIntel64bit)
1704         {
1705             [self writeToActivityLog: " 64-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1706         }
1707
1708
1709
1710         if (vlcFound && hb_arch == 64 && !vlcIntel64bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1711         {
1712
1713             /* we are 64 bit */
1714
1715             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1716             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1717             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, 64 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1718             /*On Screen Notification*/
1719             int status;
1720             NSBeep();
1721             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, VLC found but not 64 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 64 bit VLC", nil);
1722             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1723
1724             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1725             {
1726                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1727                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 64 bit, scan cancelled"];
1728                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1729             }
1730             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1731             {
1732                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1733                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1734             }
1735             else
1736             {
1737                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1738                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1739             }
1740
1741         }
1742         else if (vlcFound && hb_arch == 32 && !vlcIntel32bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1743         {
1744             /* we are 32 bit */
1745             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1746             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1747             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, 32 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1748             /*On Screen Notification*/
1749             int status;
1750             NSBeep();
1751             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, VLC found but not 32 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 32 bit VLC", nil);
1752             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1753
1754             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1755             {
1756                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1757                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 32 bit, scan cancelled"];
1758                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1759             }
1760             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1761             {
1762                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 32-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1763                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1764             }
1765             else
1766             {
1767                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1768                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1769             }
1770
1771         }
1772     }
1773
1774     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1775     {
1776         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1777         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1778          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1779          */
1780         if (!scanTitleNum)
1781         {
1782             scanTitleNum = 0;
1783         }
1784         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1785         {
1786             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1787         }
1788         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1789         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1790         /* set title to NULL */
1791         fTitle = NULL;
1792         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1793         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1794     }
1795 }
1796
1797 - (IBAction) cancelScanning:(id)sender
1798 {
1799     hb_scan_stop(fHandle);
1800 }
1801
1802 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1803 {
1804     hb_list_t  * list;
1805         hb_title_t * title;
1806         int indxpri=0;    // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1807         int longuestpri=0; // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1808
1809
1810         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1811
1812         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1813         {
1814             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1815             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1816             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1817
1818             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1819             [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1820             [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1821
1822             // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1823             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1824             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1825         }
1826         else
1827         {
1828             if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1829             {
1830                 /* we are a rescan of an existing queue item and need to apply the queued settings to the scan */
1831                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: This is a queued item rescan"];
1832
1833             }
1834             else if (applyQueueToScan == NO)
1835             {
1836                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: This is a new source item scan"];
1837             }
1838             else
1839             {
1840                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: cannot grok scan status"];
1841             }
1842
1843               /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1844              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1845              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1846              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1847             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1848
1849             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1850
1851             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1852             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1853             {
1854                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1855
1856                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1857                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1858                 if (!browsedSourceDisplayName)
1859                 {
1860                     browsedSourceDisplayName = @"NoNameDetected";
1861                 }
1862                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1863
1864                 /* If its a queue rescan for edit, get the queue item output path */
1865                 /* if not, its a new source scan. */
1866                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1867                 if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1868                 {
1869                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@", [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]]];
1870                 }
1871                 else if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1872                 {
1873                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1874                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1875                 }
1876                 else
1877                 {
1878                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1879                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1880                 }
1881
1882
1883                 if (longuestpri < title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds)
1884                 {
1885                     longuestpri=title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds;
1886                     indxpri=i;
1887                 }
1888
1889                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1890                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%s %d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1891                                                    title->name,title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1892                                                    title->seconds]];
1893             }
1894
1895             /* if we are a stream, select the first title */
1896             if (title->type == HB_STREAM_TYPE)
1897             {
1898                 [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
1899             }
1900             else
1901             {
1902                 /* if not then select the longest title (dvd) */
1903                 [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: indxpri];
1904             }
1905             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1906
1907             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1908             [self enableUI: YES];
1909
1910             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1911             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1912             {
1913                 [self encodeStartStopPopUpChanged:nil];
1914
1915                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1916
1917                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1918                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1919                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1920
1921                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1922                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1923                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1924
1925             }
1926             if (applyQueueToScan == YES)
1927             {
1928                 /* we are a rescan of an existing queue item and need to apply the queued settings to the scan */
1929                 [self writeToActivityLog: "showNewScan: calling applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow"];
1930                 [self applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow:nil];
1931
1932             }
1933
1934
1935         }
1936
1937 }
1938
1939
1940 #pragma mark -
1941 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1942
1943 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1944 {
1945     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1946     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1947         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1948         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1949                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1950                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1951                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1952 }
1953
1954 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1955              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1956 {
1957     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1958     {
1959         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1960         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1961         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1962         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1963     }
1964 }
1965
1966
1967 #pragma mark -
1968 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1969
1970 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1971 {
1972     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1973 }
1974
1975 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1976 {
1977     return YES;
1978 }
1979
1980 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1981 {
1982     if( !flag ) {
1983         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1984
1985         return YES;
1986     }
1987
1988     return NO;
1989 }
1990
1991 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1992         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1993         return contentSize;
1994 }
1995
1996 #pragma mark -
1997 #pragma mark Queue File
1998
1999 - (void) loadQueueFile {
2000         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
2001         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2002         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
2003     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
2004         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
2005     /* We check for the presets.plist */
2006         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
2007         {
2008                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
2009         }
2010
2011         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
2012         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
2013     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
2014         {
2015         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
2016                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2017
2018      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
2019      * so we can use it to track which queue
2020      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
2021      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
2022       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
2023       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
2024
2025         }
2026     else
2027     {
2028     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
2029     }
2030     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
2031 }
2032
2033 - (void)addQueueFileItem
2034 {
2035         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
2036         [self saveQueueFileItem];
2037
2038 }
2039
2040 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
2041 {
2042
2043    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
2044    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
2045     {
2046     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
2047      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
2048      */
2049     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
2050     [self writeToActivityLog: "removeQueueFileItem: Removing a cancelled/finished encode, decrement currentQueueEncodeIndex to %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2051     }
2052     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
2053     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2054
2055 }
2056
2057 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
2058 {
2059     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
2060     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
2061     [self getQueueStats];
2062 }
2063
2064 - (void)getQueueStats
2065 {
2066 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
2067
2068 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
2069 fPendingCount = 0;
2070 fCompletedCount = 0;
2071 fCanceledCount = 0;
2072 fWorkingCount = 0;
2073
2074     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2075      * in controller.mm
2076      * 0 == already encoded
2077      * 1 == is being encoded
2078      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2079      * 3 == cancelled
2080      */
2081
2082         int i = 0;
2083     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2084         id tempObject;
2085         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
2086         {
2087                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
2088                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
2089                 {
2090                         fCompletedCount++;
2091                 }
2092                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
2093                 {
2094                         fWorkingCount++;
2095             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
2096                 }
2097         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
2098         {
2099                         fPendingCount++;
2100                 }
2101         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
2102         {
2103                         fCanceledCount++;
2104                 }
2105                 i++;
2106         }
2107
2108     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
2109     NSMutableString * string;
2110     if (fPendingCount == 1)
2111     {
2112         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
2113     }
2114     else
2115     {
2116         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
2117     }
2118     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
2119 }
2120
2121 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
2122  * currently used right after a queue reload
2123  */
2124 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
2125 {
2126     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2127         id tempObject;
2128     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2129     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2130     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2131     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2132     {
2133         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
2134          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
2135          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
2136          */
2137         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
2138         {
2139             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
2140         }
2141         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2142     }
2143
2144     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
2145     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2146 }
2147
2148
2149 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
2150  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
2151 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
2152 {
2153     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2154         id tempObject;
2155     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2156     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2157     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2158     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2159     {
2160         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
2161          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
2162          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
2163          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
2164          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
2165          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
2166          */
2167         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
2168         {
2169             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2170         }
2171     }
2172
2173     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2174     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2175 }
2176
2177 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
2178 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
2179 {
2180     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2181         id tempObject;
2182     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2183     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2184     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2185     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2186     {
2187         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2188     }
2189
2190     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2191     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2192 }
2193
2194 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
2195  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
2196  * be recalled later */
2197 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
2198 {
2199     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
2200
2201        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2202     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2203             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2204     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2205
2206
2207
2208     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2209      * 0 == already encoded
2210      * 1 == is being encoded
2211      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2212      * 3 == cancelled
2213      */
2214     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
2215     /* Source and Destination Information */
2216
2217     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->path] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
2218     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
2219     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
2220     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
2221
2222     /* Determine and set a variable to tell hb what start and stop times to use ... chapters vs seconds */
2223     if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
2224     {
2225         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2226     }
2227     else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 1)
2228     {
2229         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2230     }
2231     else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 2)
2232     {
2233         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"];
2234     }
2235     /* Chapter encode info */
2236     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
2237     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
2238     /* Time (pts) encode info */
2239     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StartSeconds"];
2240     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcTimeEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StopSeconds"];
2241     /* Frame number encode info */
2242     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StartFrame"];
2243     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcFrameEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]] forKey:@"StopFrame"];
2244
2245
2246     /* The number of seek points equals the number of seconds announced in the title as that is our current granularity */
2247         int title_duration_seconds = (title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds);
2248     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title_duration_seconds] forKey:@"SourceTotalSeconds"];
2249
2250     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
2251
2252     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
2253     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2254     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2255
2256     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
2257     /* Chapter Markers*/
2258     /* If we have only one chapter or a title without chapters, set chapter markers to off */
2259     if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
2260     {
2261         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2262     }
2263     else
2264     {
2265         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2266     }
2267
2268     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
2269      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
2270      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
2271      */
2272      int i;
2273      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2274      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
2275      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
2276     {
2277         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
2278         if( chapter != NULL )
2279         {
2280           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
2281         }
2282     }
2283     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
2284     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
2285
2286     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2287         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
2288     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2289     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
2290     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
2291     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
2292
2293     /* Codecs */
2294         /* Video encoder */
2295         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
2296         /* x264 Option String */
2297         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
2298
2299         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
2300         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
2301         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
2302         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
2303     /* Framerate */
2304     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
2305
2306         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2307         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
2308         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
2309         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
2310
2311         /* Picture Sizing */
2312         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2313         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2314         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2315         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2316         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2317         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2318     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PictureModulus"];
2319     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
2320     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
2321     {
2322         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PicturePARModulus"];
2323
2324         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
2325         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
2326
2327         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
2328         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
2329
2330         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
2331         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
2332
2333     }
2334     NSString * pictureSummary;
2335     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2336     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2337     /* Set crop settings here */
2338         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2339     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2340     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2341         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2342         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2343
2344     /* Picture Filters */
2345     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2346     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2347
2348     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2349     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2350     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2351
2352     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2353     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2354
2355     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2356     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2357
2358     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2359
2360     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2361
2362     /*Audio*/
2363     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2364     {
2365         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2366         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2367         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2368         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2369         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2370         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2371         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2372     }
2373     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2374     {
2375         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2376         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2377         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2378         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2379         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2380         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2381         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2382     }
2383     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2384     {
2385         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2386         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2387         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2388         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2389         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2390         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2391         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2392     }
2393     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2394     {
2395         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2396         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2397         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2398         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2399         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2400         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2401         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2402     }
2403
2404         /* Subtitles*/
2405     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray] copyItems:YES];
2406     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSArray arrayWithArray: subtitlesArray] forKey:@"SubtitleList"];
2407     [subtitlesArray autorelease];
2408
2409     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2410
2411     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2412
2413     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2414
2415
2416     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2417
2418     /* Codecs */
2419         /* Video encoder */
2420         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2421
2422     /* Framerate */
2423     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2424     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2425     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2426
2427     /* Picture Sizing */
2428         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2429         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2430         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2431         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2432         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2433         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2434
2435     /* Set crop settings here */
2436         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2437     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2438     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2439         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2440         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2441
2442
2443     /*Audio*/
2444     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2445     {
2446         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2447         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2448         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2449         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2450         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2451      }
2452     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2453     {
2454         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2455         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2456         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2457         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2458         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2459     }
2460     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2461     {
2462         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2463         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2464         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2465         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2466         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2467     }
2468     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2469     {
2470         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2471         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2472         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2473         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2474         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2475     }
2476
2477
2478     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2479     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2480     return queueFileJob;
2481
2482 }
2483
2484 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2485 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2486 {
2487     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2488     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2489
2490
2491     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2492
2493     if (index >= insertIndex)
2494     {
2495         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2496         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2497     }
2498     else
2499     {
2500         removeIndex = index;
2501         insertIndex--;
2502     }
2503
2504     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2505     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2506     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2507     [object release];
2508
2509     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2510
2511    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2512     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2513     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2514
2515 }
2516
2517
2518 #pragma mark -
2519 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2520
2521 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2522 {
2523     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2524     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2525
2526     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2527     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2528         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
2529     //[fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
2530
2531     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2532      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2533      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2534      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2535     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2536     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2537     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2538     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2539     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2540     {
2541     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2542     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2543     }
2544     else
2545     {
2546         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2547     }
2548 }
2549
2550 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2551 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2552 {
2553    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2554     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2555
2556
2557      /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2558     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2559     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2560     * settings as this is a queue rescan
2561     */
2562     //applyQueueToScan = YES;
2563     NSString *path = scanPath;
2564     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2565
2566     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2567     {
2568         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2569         // device path instead.
2570         path = [detector devicePath];
2571         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2572
2573         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2574         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2575         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2576             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2577             {
2578             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2579             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2580             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2581             int status;
2582             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2583             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2584
2585             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2586             {
2587                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2588                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2589             }
2590             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2591             {
2592             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2593             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2594             }
2595             else
2596             {
2597             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2598             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2599             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2600             }
2601
2602         }
2603         else
2604         {
2605             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2606             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2607         }
2608     }
2609
2610     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2611     {
2612         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2613         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2614          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2615          */
2616         if (!scanTitleNum)
2617         {
2618             scanTitleNum = 0;
2619         }
2620         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2621         {
2622             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2623         }
2624
2625         [self writeToActivityLog: "performNewQueueScan currentQueueEncodeIndex is: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2626         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2627         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2628         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2629     }
2630 }
2631
2632 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2633 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2634 {
2635     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2636     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2637     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2638
2639     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2640     {
2641         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2642     }
2643
2644     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2645     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2646     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2647     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2648     //[self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode sending to prepareJob"];
2649     [self prepareJob];
2650
2651     /*
2652      * If scanning we need to do some extra setup of the job.
2653      */
2654     if( job->indepth_scan == 1 )
2655     {
2656         char *x264opts_tmp;
2657
2658         /*
2659          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2660          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2661          */
2662         job->pass = -1;
2663         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2664
2665         job->x264opts = NULL;
2666
2667         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2668
2669
2670         /*
2671          * Add the pre-scan job
2672          */
2673         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2674         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2675     }
2676
2677
2678     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2679     {
2680         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2681
2682
2683
2684         job->pass = 1;
2685
2686         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2687
2688         job->pass = 2;
2689
2690         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2691         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2692
2693         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2694
2695     }
2696     else
2697     {
2698         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2699         job->pass = 0;
2700
2701         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2702     }
2703
2704     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2705         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2706         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2707     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2708     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2709
2710     /* we need to clean up the subtitle tracks after the job(s) have been set  */
2711     int num_subtitle_tracks = hb_list_count(job->list_subtitle);
2712     int ii;
2713     for(ii = 0; ii < num_subtitle_tracks; ii++)
2714     {
2715         hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
2716         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(job->list_subtitle, 0);
2717
2718
2719         hb_list_rem(job->list_subtitle, subtitle);
2720         free(subtitle);
2721     }
2722
2723
2724     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2725     [self doRip];
2726 }
2727
2728
2729
2730 #pragma mark -
2731 #pragma mark Queue Item Editing
2732
2733 /* Rescans the chosen queue item back into the main window */
2734 - (void)rescanQueueItemToMainWindow:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum selectedQueueItem: (int) selectedQueueItem
2735 {
2736     fqueueEditRescanItemNum = selectedQueueItem;
2737     [self writeToActivityLog: "rescanQueueItemToMainWindow: Re-scanning queue item at index:%d",fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
2738     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2739     /* Set the browsedSourceDisplayName for showNewScan */
2740     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum] objectForKey:@"SourceName"];
2741     [self performScan:scanPath scanTitleNum:scanTitleNum];
2742 }
2743
2744
2745 /* We use this method after a queue item rescan for edit.
2746  * it largely mirrors -selectPreset in terms of structure.
2747  * Assumes that a queue item has been reloaded into the main window.
2748  */
2749 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow:(id)sender
2750 {
2751     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
2752     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2753     if (queueToApply)
2754     {
2755         [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: queue item found"];
2756     }
2757     /* Set title number and chapters */
2758     /* since the queue only scans a single title, its already been selected in showNewScan
2759        so do not try to reset it here. However if we do decide to do full source scans on
2760        a queue edit rescan, we would need it. So leaving in for now but commenting out. */
2761     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2762
2763     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2764     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2765
2766     /* File Format */
2767     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2768     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2769
2770     /* Chapter Markers*/
2771     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2772     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2773     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2774     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2775     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2776
2777     /* Video encoder */
2778     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2779     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2780     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2781
2782     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2783     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2784     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2785     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2786     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2787
2788     /* Video quality */
2789     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2790
2791     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2792     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2793     /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
2794      * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
2795      * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
2796      * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
2797      * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
2798     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
2799     {
2800         /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
2801         float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
2802         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
2803
2804     }
2805     else
2806     {
2807         /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
2808         if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
2809         {
2810             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2811         }
2812         else
2813         {
2814             /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
2815             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2816         }
2817     }
2818
2819     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2820     [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: video matrix changed"];
2821     /* Video framerate */
2822     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2823      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2824     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2825     {
2826         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2827     }
2828     else
2829     {
2830         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2831     }
2832
2833     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2834     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2835     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2836     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2837     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2838
2839     /*Audio*/
2840
2841
2842     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
2843     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
2844     {
2845         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue]];
2846         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2847         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2848         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2849
2850         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2851
2852         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2853         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2854
2855         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2856         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2857     }
2858     else
2859     {
2860         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2861         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2862     }
2863     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
2864     {
2865         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue]];
2866         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2867         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2868         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2869
2870         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2871
2872         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2873         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2874
2875         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2876         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2877     }
2878     else
2879     {
2880         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2881         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2882     }
2883     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
2884     {
2885         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue]];
2886         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2887         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2888         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2889
2890         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2891
2892         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2893         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2894
2895         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2896         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2897     }
2898     else
2899     {
2900         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2901         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2902     }
2903     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
2904     {
2905         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue]];
2906         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2907         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2908         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2909
2910         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2911
2912         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2913         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2914
2915         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2916         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2917     }
2918     else
2919     {
2920         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2921         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2922     }
2923
2924     [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: audio set up"];
2925     /*Subtitles*/
2926     /* Crashy crashy right now, working on it */
2927     [fSubtitlesDelegate setNewSubtitles:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"]];
2928     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
2929     /* Picture Settings */
2930
2931     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2932      when the preset was created and apply them */
2933     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2934     {
2935         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2936
2937         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2938         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2939         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2940         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2941         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2942
2943     }
2944     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2945     {
2946         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2947         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2948         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2949         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2950         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2951         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2952
2953     }
2954
2955     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
2956
2957     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2958     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2959     {
2960         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2961         //job->width = fTitle->width;
2962         //job->height = fTitle->height;
2963         [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
2964     }
2965     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2966     {
2967         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2968         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2969         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2970     }
2971     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2972     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2973     {
2974         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2975         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2976         {
2977             job->height = fTitle->height;
2978             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2979         }
2980     }
2981     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2982     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
2983
2984     [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: picture sizing set up"];
2985
2986
2987     /* Filters */
2988
2989     /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
2990      * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
2991      * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
2992      * sane.
2993      */
2994     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
2995     [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
2996     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
2997     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
2998     {
2999         /* we are using decomb */
3000         /* Decomb */
3001         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
3002         {
3003             [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
3004
3005             /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
3006             if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3007             {
3008                 [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
3009             }
3010         }
3011     }
3012     else
3013     {
3014         /* We are using Deinterlace */
3015         /* Deinterlace */
3016         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
3017         {
3018             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
3019             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
3020             /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
3021             if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3022             {
3023                 [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
3024             }
3025         }
3026     }
3027
3028
3029     /* Detelecine */
3030     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
3031     {
3032         [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
3033         /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
3034         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3035         {
3036             [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
3037         }
3038     }
3039     else
3040     {
3041         [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
3042     }
3043
3044     /* Denoise */
3045     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
3046     {
3047         [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
3048         /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
3049         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
3050         {
3051             [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
3052         }
3053     }
3054     else
3055     {
3056         [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
3057     }
3058
3059     /* Deblock */
3060     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
3061     {
3062         /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
3063         [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
3064     }
3065     else
3066     {
3067         /* use the settings intValue */
3068         [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
3069     }
3070
3071     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
3072     {
3073         [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
3074     }
3075     else
3076     {
3077         [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
3078     }
3079
3080     /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
3081     [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
3082     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
3083
3084     [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: picture filters set up"];
3085     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
3086     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
3087     //    [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
3088     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
3089         {
3090                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
3091         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
3092         //[self selectPreset:nil];
3093
3094         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
3095                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
3096                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
3097
3098                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
3099         }
3100     else
3101     {
3102         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
3103                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
3104                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
3105                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
3106
3107                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
3108     }
3109
3110     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
3111     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
3112
3113     /* Not that source is loaded and settings applied, delete the queue item from the queue */
3114     [self writeToActivityLog: "applyQueueSettingsToMainWindow: deleting queue item:%d",fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
3115     [self removeQueueFileItem:fqueueEditRescanItemNum];
3116 }
3117
3118
3119
3120 #pragma mark -
3121 #pragma mark Live Preview
3122 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
3123  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
3124  * encodes
3125  */
3126 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
3127 {
3128     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3129     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
3130             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3131     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3132     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3133     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
3134     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3135     /* Chapter selection */
3136     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3137     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
3138
3139     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3140     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3141     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3142
3143     job->chapter_markers = 0;
3144
3145         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3146     {
3147
3148                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3149                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3150                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3151                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
3152                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
3153
3154
3155     }
3156
3157     /* Video settings */
3158    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3159      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3160      */
3161     job->vfr = 0;
3162     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
3163     {
3164         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3165         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3166         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
3167         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3168          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3169          * a specific framerate*/
3170         job->cfr = 1;
3171     }
3172     else
3173     {
3174         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3175         job->vrate      = title->rate;
3176         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
3177         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3178          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3179         job->cfr = 0;
3180         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3181          * job->vfr
3182          */
3183         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3184         {
3185             job->vfr = 1;
3186         }
3187     }
3188
3189     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
3190     {
3191         case 0:
3192             /* Target size.
3193                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3194                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
3195         case 1:
3196             job->vquality = -1.0;
3197             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
3198             break;
3199         case 2:
3200             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
3201             job->vbitrate = 0;
3202             break;
3203     }
3204
3205     /* Subtitle settings */
3206     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray] copyItems:YES];
3207
3208
3209 int subtitle = nil;
3210 int force;
3211 int burned;
3212 int def;
3213 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3214
3215     int i = 0;
3216     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [subtitlesArray objectEnumerator];
3217     id tempObject;
3218     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3219     {
3220
3221         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3222         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3223         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3224         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3225
3226         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3227          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3228          */
3229         if (subtitle > 0)
3230         {
3231             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3232              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3233              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3234              */
3235
3236             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3237             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3238             {
3239                 /* NOTE: Currently foreign language search is borked for preview.
3240                  * Commented out but left in for initial commit. */
3241
3242
3243                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3244
3245                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3246                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3247                 {
3248                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3249                     {
3250                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3251                     }
3252                     else
3253                     {
3254                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3255                     }
3256
3257                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3258                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3259
3260                 }
3261
3262
3263             }
3264             else
3265             {
3266
3267                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3268                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3269                 if (i == 0)
3270                 {
3271                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3272                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3273                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3274                 }
3275                 else
3276                 {
3277                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3278                      * so subtract 1. */
3279
3280                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3281                 }
3282
3283                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3284                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3285
3286                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3287
3288                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3289                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3290                 {
3291                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3292
3293                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3294
3295                     /* we need to srncpy file path and char code */
3296                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3297                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3298
3299                     sub_config.force = 0;
3300                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3301                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3302
3303                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3304                 }
3305
3306                 if (subt != NULL)
3307                 {
3308                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3309
3310                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3311                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3312                     {
3313                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3314                     }
3315                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3316                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3317                     {
3318                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3319                         continue;
3320                     }
3321                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3322                     {
3323                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3324                         if (one_burned)
3325                             continue;
3326                         one_burned = TRUE;
3327                     }
3328                     sub_config.force = force;
3329                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3330                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3331                 }
3332
3333             }
3334         }
3335         i++;
3336     }
3337
3338
3339
3340 [subtitlesArray autorelease];
3341
3342
3343     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3344     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3345     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3346     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3347     {
3348         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3349         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3350     }
3351     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3352     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3353     {
3354         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3355         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3356         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3357         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3358         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3359         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3360         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3361         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3362         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3363         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
3364
3365         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3366         free(audio);
3367     }
3368     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3369     {
3370         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3371         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3372         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3373         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3374         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3375         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3376         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3377         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3378         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3379         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
3380
3381         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3382         free(audio);
3383
3384     }
3385
3386     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3387     {
3388         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3389         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3390         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3391         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3392         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3393         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3394         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3395         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3396         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3397         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
3398
3399         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3400         free(audio);
3401
3402     }
3403
3404     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3405     {
3406         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3407         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3408         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3409         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3410         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3411         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3412         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3413         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3414         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3415         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
3416
3417         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3418         free(audio);
3419
3420     }
3421
3422
3423
3424     /* Filters */
3425
3426     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
3427      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
3428      */
3429
3430     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
3431     {
3432         job->grayscale = 1;
3433     }
3434     else
3435     {
3436         job->grayscale = 0;
3437     }
3438
3439     /* Initialize the filters list */
3440     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3441
3442     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3443     * The order of the filters is critical
3444     */
3445
3446         /* Detelecine */
3447     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3448     {
3449         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3450         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
3451         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3452     }
3453     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
3454     {
3455         /* Default */
3456         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3457     }
3458
3459
3460
3461     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
3462     {
3463         /* Decomb */
3464         /* we add the custom string if present */
3465         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
3466         {
3467             /* use a custom decomb string */
3468             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
3469             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3470         }
3471         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
3472         {
3473             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3474             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
3475             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3476         }
3477     }
3478     else
3479     {
3480
3481         /* Deinterlace */
3482         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
3483         {
3484             /* we add the custom string if present */
3485             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
3486             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3487         }
3488         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
3489         {
3490             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3491             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3492             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3493         }
3494         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
3495         {
3496             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3497             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3498             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3499         }
3500         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
3501         {
3502             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3503             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3504             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3505         }
3506
3507         }
3508
3509     /* Denoise */
3510         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // custom in popup
3511         {
3512                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3513         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
3514         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3515         }
3516     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Weak in popup
3517         {
3518                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3519         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3520         }
3521         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Medium in popup
3522         {
3523                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3524         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3525         }
3526         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // Strong in popup
3527         {
3528                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3529         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3530         }
3531
3532
3533     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3534     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3535      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3536      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3537      */
3538     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
3539     {
3540         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
3541         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
3542         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3543     }
3544
3545 }
3546
3547
3548 #pragma mark -
3549 #pragma mark Job Handling
3550
3551
3552 - (void) prepareJob
3553 {
3554
3555     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3556     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3557     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3558     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3559     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3560     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3561     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3562
3563     if([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 0)
3564     {
3565         /* Chapter selection */
3566         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to chapters"];
3567         job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3568         job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3569     }
3570     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 1)
3571     {
3572         /* we are pts based start / stop */
3573         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to seconds ..."];
3574
3575         /* Point A to Point B. Time to time in seconds.*/
3576          /* get the start seconds from the start seconds field */
3577         int start_seconds = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StartSeconds"] intValue];
3578         job->pts_to_start = start_seconds * 90000LL;
3579         /* Stop seconds is actually the duration of encode, so subtract the end seconds from the start seconds */
3580         int stop_seconds = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StopSeconds"] intValue];
3581         job->pts_to_stop = stop_seconds * 90000LL;
3582
3583         /* A bunch of verbose activity log messages to check on what should be expected */
3584         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b should start at: %d seconds", start_seconds];
3585         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b should start at (hh:mm:ss): %d:%d:%d", start_seconds / 3600, ( start_seconds / 60 ) % 60,start_seconds % 60];
3586         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b duration: %d seconds", stop_seconds];
3587         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b duration (hh:mm:ss): %d:%d:%d", stop_seconds / 3600, ( stop_seconds / 60 ) % 60,stop_seconds % 60];
3588         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b should end at: %d seconds", start_seconds + stop_seconds];
3589         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b should end at (hh:mm:ss): %d:%d:%d", (start_seconds + stop_seconds) / 3600, ( (start_seconds + stop_seconds) / 60 ) % 60,(start_seconds + stop_seconds) % 60];
3590     }
3591     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"fEncodeStartStop"] intValue] == 2)
3592     {
3593         /* we are frame based start / stop */
3594         [self writeToActivityLog: "Start / Stop set to frames ..."];
3595
3596         /* Point A to Point B. Frame to frame */
3597          /* get the start frame from the start frame field */
3598         int start_frame = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StartFrame"] intValue];
3599         job->frame_to_start = start_frame;
3600         /* get the frame to stop on from the end frame field */
3601         int stop_frame = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"StopFrame"] intValue];
3602         job->frame_to_stop = stop_frame;
3603
3604         /* A bunch of verbose activity log messages to check on what should be expected */
3605         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b should start at frame %d", start_frame];
3606         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b duration: %d frames", stop_frame];
3607         [self writeToActivityLog: "point a to b should end at frame %d", start_frame + stop_frame];
3608     }
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3614     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3615     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3616
3617
3618     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3619     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3620     {
3621         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3622     }
3623     else
3624     {
3625         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3626     }
3627     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3628     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3629     {
3630         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3631     }
3632     else
3633     {
3634         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3635     }
3636
3637
3638     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3639      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3640     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3641     {
3642         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3643
3644         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3645          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3646          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3647          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3648          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3649          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3650          */
3651
3652         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3653         int i = 0;
3654         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3655         id tempObject;
3656         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3657         {
3658             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3659             if( chapter != NULL )
3660             {
3661                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3662                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3663             }
3664             i++;
3665         }
3666     }
3667     else
3668     {
3669         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3670     }
3671
3672     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3673     {
3674                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3675             {
3676             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3677                 }
3678         else
3679         {
3680             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3681         }
3682
3683
3684                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3685                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3686                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3687                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3688                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3689                 {
3690                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3691                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=2:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3692                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3693              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3694                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3695                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3696                 }
3697                 else
3698                 {
3699                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3700                 }
3701
3702     }
3703
3704
3705     /* Picture Size Settings */
3706     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3707     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3708
3709     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3710     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3711     job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"] intValue];
3712     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3713     {
3714         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3715         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3716         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3717
3718         job->modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARModulus"] intValue];
3719
3720         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3721         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3722
3723         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3724         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3725     }
3726
3727     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3728     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3729     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3730     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3731     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3732
3733     /* Video settings */
3734     /* Framerate */
3735
3736     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3737      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3738      */
3739     job->vfr = 0;
3740     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3741     {
3742         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3743         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3744         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3745         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3746          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3747          * a specific framerate*/
3748         job->cfr = 1;
3749     }
3750     else
3751     {
3752         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3753         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3754         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3755         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3756          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3757         job->cfr = 0;
3758         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3759          * job->vfr
3760          */
3761         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3762         {
3763             job->vfr = 1;
3764         }
3765     }
3766
3767     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3768     {
3769         /* Target size.
3770          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3771          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3772         job->vquality = -1.0;
3773         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3774     }
3775     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3776     {
3777         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3778         job->vbitrate = 0;
3779
3780     }
3781
3782     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3783
3784
3785
3786 #pragma mark -
3787 #pragma mark Process Subtitles to libhb
3788
3789 /* Map the settings in the dictionaries for the SubtitleList array to match title->list_subtitle
3790  * which means that we need to account for the offset of non source language settings in from
3791  * the NSPopUpCell menu. For all of the objects in the SubtitleList array this means 0 is "None"
3792  * from the popup menu, additionally the first track has "Foreign Audio Search" at 1. So we use
3793  * an int to offset the index number for the objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum" to map that
3794  * to the source tracks position in title->list_subtitle.
3795  */
3796
3797 int subtitle = nil;
3798 int force;
3799 int burned;
3800 int def;
3801 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3802
3803     int i = 0;
3804     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectEnumerator];
3805     id tempObject;
3806     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3807     {
3808
3809         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3810         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3811         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3812         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3813
3814         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3815          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3816          */
3817         if (subtitle > 0)
3818         {
3819             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3820              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3821              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3822              */
3823
3824             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3825             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3826             {
3827                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3828
3829                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3830                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3831                 {
3832                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3833                     {
3834                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3835                     }
3836                     else
3837                     {
3838                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3839                     }
3840
3841                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3842                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3843                 }
3844
3845
3846             }
3847             else
3848             {
3849
3850                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3851                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3852                 if (i == 0)
3853                 {
3854                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3855                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3856                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3857                 }
3858                 else
3859                 {
3860                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3861                      * so subtract 1. */
3862
3863                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3864                 }
3865
3866                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3867                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3868
3869                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3870
3871                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3872                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3873                 {
3874                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3875
3876                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3877
3878                     /* we need to srncpy file name and codeset */
3879                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3880                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3881
3882                     sub_config.force = 0;
3883                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3884                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3885
3886                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3887                 }
3888
3889
3890                 if (subt != NULL)
3891                 {
3892                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3893
3894                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3895                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3896                     {
3897                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3898                     }
3899                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3900                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3901                     {
3902                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3903                         continue;
3904                     }
3905                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3906                     {
3907                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3908                         if (one_burned)
3909                             continue;
3910                         one_burned = TRUE;
3911                     }
3912                     sub_config.force = force;
3913                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3914                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3915                 }
3916
3917             }
3918         }
3919         i++;
3920     }
3921
3922 #pragma mark -
3923
3924
3925     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3926     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3927     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3928     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3929     {
3930         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3931         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3932     }
3933     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3934     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3935     {
3936         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3937         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3938         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3939         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3940         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3941         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3942         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3943         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3944         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3945         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3946
3947         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3948         free(audio);
3949     }
3950     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3951     {
3952
3953         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3954         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3955         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3956         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3957         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3958         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3959         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3960         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3961         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3962         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3963         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3964
3965         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3966         free(audio);
3967     }
3968
3969     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3970     {
3971         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3972         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3973         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3974         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3975         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3976         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3977         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3978         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3979         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3980         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3981
3982         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3983         free(audio);
3984     }
3985
3986     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3987     {
3988         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3989         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3990         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3991         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3992         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3993         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3994         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3995         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3996         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3997         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3998
3999         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4000
4001
4002     }
4003
4004     /* Filters */
4005     job->filters = hb_list_init();
4006
4007     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
4008      * The order of the filters is critical
4009      */
4010     /* Detelecine */
4011     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
4012     {
4013         /* use a custom detelecine string */
4014         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
4015         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
4016     }
4017     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
4018     {
4019         /* Use libhb's default values */
4020         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
4021     }
4022
4023     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
4024     {
4025         /* Decomb */
4026         /* we add the custom string if present */
4027         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
4028         {
4029             /* use a custom decomb string */
4030             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
4031             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
4032         }
4033         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
4034         {
4035             /* Use libhb default */
4036             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
4037         }
4038
4039     }
4040     else
4041     {
4042
4043         /* Deinterlace */
4044         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
4045         {
4046             /* we add the custom string if present */
4047             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
4048             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4049         }
4050         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
4051         {
4052             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
4053             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
4054             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4055         }
4056         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
4057         {
4058             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
4059             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
4060             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4061         }
4062         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
4063         {
4064             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
4065             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
4066             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
4067         }
4068
4069
4070     }
4071     /* Denoise */
4072         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Custom in popup
4073         {
4074                 /* we add the custom string if present */
4075         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
4076         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4077         }
4078     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Weak in popup
4079         {
4080                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
4081         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4082         }
4083         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Medium in popup
4084         {
4085                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
4086         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4087         }
4088         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Strong in popup
4089         {
4090                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
4091         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
4092         }
4093
4094
4095     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
4096     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
4097      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
4098      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
4099      */
4100     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
4101     {
4102         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
4103         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
4104     }
4105 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
4106 }
4107
4108
4109
4110 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
4111 */
4112 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
4113 {
4114         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
4115         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4116         /* We check for a valid destination here */
4117         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
4118         {
4119                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
4120         return;
4121         }
4122
4123     BOOL fileExists;
4124     fileExists = NO;
4125
4126     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
4127     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
4128
4129     /* We check for and existing file here */
4130     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
4131     {
4132         fileExists = YES;
4133     }
4134
4135     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
4136     int i = 0;
4137     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
4138         id tempObject;
4139         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
4140         {
4141                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
4142                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
4143                 {
4144                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
4145                 }
4146         i++;
4147         }
4148
4149
4150         if(fileExists == YES)
4151     {
4152         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
4153                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4154                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4155                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4156                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4157                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4158     }
4159     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
4160     {
4161     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
4162                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4163                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4164                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4165                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4166                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4167     }
4168     else
4169     {
4170         [self doAddToQueue];
4171     }
4172 }
4173
4174 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
4175    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
4176 */
4177 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
4178     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
4179 {
4180     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4181         [self doAddToQueue];
4182 }
4183
4184 - (void) doAddToQueue
4185 {
4186     [self addQueueFileItem ];
4187 }
4188
4189
4190
4191 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
4192 */
4193 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
4194 {
4195     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
4196     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
4197     hb_state_t s;
4198     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4199
4200     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
4201         {
4202         [self Cancel: sender];
4203         return;
4204     }
4205
4206     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
4207                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
4208                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
4209
4210     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
4211     if (fPendingCount > 0)
4212     {
4213         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
4214         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4215
4216         return;
4217     }
4218
4219     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
4220
4221     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4222     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
4223     {
4224         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
4225         return;
4226     }
4227
4228     /* We check for duplicate name here */
4229     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
4230     {
4231         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
4232                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
4233                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
4234                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
4235                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
4236                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
4237
4238         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
4239     }
4240     else
4241     {
4242         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
4243          otherwise, just rip the queue */
4244         if(fPendingCount == 0)
4245         {
4246             [self doAddToQueue];
4247         }
4248
4249         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
4250         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4251
4252     }
4253 }
4254
4255 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
4256    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
4257 */
4258 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
4259     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
4260 {
4261     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4262     {
4263         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
4264         otherwise, just rip the queue */
4265         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
4266         {
4267             [self doAddToQueue];
4268         }
4269
4270         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
4271         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
4272         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4273
4274     }
4275 }
4276
4277 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
4278 {
4279        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
4280        {
4281                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
4282                int reminduser;
4283                NSBeep();
4284                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
4285                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
4286                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4287                {
4288                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
4289                }
4290        }
4291        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
4292        {
4293                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
4294                int reminduser;
4295                NSBeep();
4296                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
4297                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
4298                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
4299                {
4300                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
4301                }
4302        }
4303
4304 }
4305
4306
4307 - (void) doRip
4308 {
4309     /* Let libhb do the job */
4310     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4311     /*set the fEncodeState State */
4312         fEncodeState = 1;
4313 }
4314
4315
4316 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4317 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
4318 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
4319 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
4320 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4321 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
4322 {
4323     if (!fQueueController) return;
4324
4325   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4326     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
4327
4328     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
4329     NSWindow * docWindow;
4330     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
4331         docWindow = [sender window];
4332     else
4333         docWindow = fWindow;
4334
4335     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
4336             alertTitle,
4337             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
4338             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
4339             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
4340             docWindow, self,
4341             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
4342             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
4343
4344     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
4345 }
4346
4347 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
4348 {
4349    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4350      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
4351     {
4352         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
4353     }
4354     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
4355     {
4356     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
4357     }
4358 }
4359
4360 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4361 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
4362 // encodes.
4363 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4364 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
4365 {
4366     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
4367     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
4368     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
4369     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
4370     // remaining jobs.
4371
4372
4373     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4374
4375     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4376             hb_job_t * job;
4377             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4378                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4379
4380     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4381
4382     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4383     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4384     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4385     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4386     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4387     // so now lets move to
4388     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4389     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
4390     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
4391     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
4392     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
4393     {
4394     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
4395     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
4396
4397     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4398     }
4399     else
4400     {
4401         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
4402     }
4403
4404 }
4405
4406 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
4407 {
4408     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4409
4410     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4411             hb_job_t * job;
4412             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4413                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4414
4415
4416     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4417
4418     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4419     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4420     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4421     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4422     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4423     // so now lets move to
4424     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4425     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
4426 }
4427 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
4428 {
4429     hb_state_t s;
4430     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4431
4432     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
4433     {
4434         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4435     }
4436     else
4437     {
4438         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4439     }
4440 }
4441
4442 #pragma mark -
4443 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
4444
4445 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
4446 {
4447     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4448     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4449         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4450
4451     /* If we are a stream type and a batch scan, grok the output file name from title->name upon title change */
4452     if (title->type == HB_STREAM_TYPE && hb_list_count( list ) > 1 )
4453     {
4454         /* we set the default name according to the new title->name */
4455         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4456                                          @"%@/%@.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4457                                          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name],
4458                                          [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4459
4460         /* Change the source to read out the parent folder also */
4461         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@/%@", browsedSourceDisplayName,[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name]]];
4462     }
4463
4464     /* For point a to point b pts encoding, set the start and end fields to 0 and the title duration in seconds respectively */
4465     int duration = (title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds);
4466     [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", 0]];
4467     [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", duration]];
4468     /* For point a to point b frame encoding, set the start and end fields to 0 and the title duration * announced fps in seconds respectively */
4469     [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", 1]];
4470     //[fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", ((title->hours * 3600) + (title->minutes * 60) + (title->seconds)) * 24]];
4471     [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", duration * (title->rate / title->rate_base)]];
4472
4473     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
4474     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
4475         {
4476                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4477                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4478                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
4479             title->index,
4480                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4481         }
4482     /* Update encode start / stop variables */
4483
4484
4485
4486     /* Update chapter popups */
4487     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
4488     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
4489     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
4490     {
4491         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4492             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4493         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4494             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4495     }
4496
4497     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4498     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
4499         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
4500     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4501
4502     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
4503     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
4504     {
4505         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
4506         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
4507
4508         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
4509         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
4510         {
4511             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4512         }
4513         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4514     }
4515     else
4516     {
4517         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
4518         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
4519     }
4520
4521     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
4522         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4523         fTitle = title;
4524
4525     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
4526     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
4527
4528         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
4529         in variables for use with some presets later on */
4530         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
4531         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
4532         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
4533         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
4534         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
4535         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
4536
4537         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
4538     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
4539
4540
4541     /* Update Subtitle Table */
4542     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4543     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4544
4545
4546     /* Update chapter table */
4547     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4548     [fChapterTable reloadData];
4549
4550    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
4551     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4552     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4553     {
4554         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4555         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4556     }
4557
4558     /* Update audio popups */
4559     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
4560     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
4561     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
4562     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
4563     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
4564         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
4565         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
4566     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4567     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4568     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4569
4570         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
4571         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4572         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4573         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4574     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4575     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4576
4577     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4578
4579     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
4580         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4581
4582    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
4583     [self selectPreset:nil];
4584 }
4585
4586 - (IBAction) encodeStartStopPopUpChanged: (id) sender;
4587 {
4588     if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp isEnabled] )
4589     {
4590         /* We are chapters */
4591         if( [fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
4592         {
4593             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: NO];
4594             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: NO];
4595
4596             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4597             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4598
4599             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4600             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4601
4602                [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4603         }
4604         /* We are time based (seconds) */
4605         else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 1)
4606         {
4607             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4608             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4609
4610             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4611             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4612
4613             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4614             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4615
4616             [self startEndSecValueChanged:nil];
4617         }
4618         /* We are frame based */
4619         else if ([fEncodeStartStopPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 2)
4620         {
4621             [fSrcChapterStartPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4622             [fSrcChapterEndPopUp  setHidden: YES];
4623
4624             [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4625             [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField  setHidden: YES];
4626
4627             [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4628             [fSrcFrameEndEncodingField  setHidden: NO];
4629
4630             [self startEndFrameValueChanged:nil];
4631         }
4632     }
4633 }
4634
4635 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4636 {
4637
4638         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
4639         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
4640         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
4641         {
4642                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
4643     }
4644
4645
4646         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4647     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
4648         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4649
4650     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
4651     int64_t        duration = 0;
4652     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4653          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
4654     {
4655         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
4656         duration += chapter->duration;
4657     }
4658
4659     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
4660     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4661         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4662         duration % 60]];
4663
4664     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4665
4666     if ( [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4667     {
4668     /* Disable chapter markers for any source with less than two chapters as it makes no sense. */
4669     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: NO];
4670     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOffState];
4671     }
4672     else
4673     {
4674     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4675     }
4676 }
4677
4678 - (IBAction) startEndSecValueChanged: (id) sender
4679 {
4680
4681         int duration = [fSrcTimeEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcTimeStartEncodingField intValue];
4682     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4683         @"%02d:%02d:%02d", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4684         duration % 60]];
4685
4686     //[self calculateBitrate: sender];
4687
4688 }
4689
4690 - (IBAction) startEndFrameValueChanged: (id) sender
4691 {
4692     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4693     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4694     hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4695
4696     int duration = ([fSrcFrameEndEncodingField intValue] - [fSrcFrameStartEncodingField intValue]) / (title->rate / title->rate_base);
4697     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4698                                          @"%02d:%02d:%02d", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4699                                          duration % 60]];
4700
4701     //[self calculateBitrate: sender];
4702 }
4703
4704
4705 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4706 {
4707     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
4708     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4709     char * ext = NULL;
4710         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
4711     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4712     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4713     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4714
4715     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
4716     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
4717     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
4718     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4719
4720     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
4721     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
4722     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4723     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
4724     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4725     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
4726
4727     switch( format )
4728     {
4729         case 0:
4730                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
4731                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
4732                         {
4733                                 ext = "m4v";
4734                         }
4735                         else
4736                         {
4737                                 ext = "mp4";
4738                         }
4739             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4740             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4741             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4742             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
4743             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4744                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4745                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4746             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4747             break;
4748
4749             case 1:
4750             ext = "mkv";
4751             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4752             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4753             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4754             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4755             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
4756             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
4757                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4758                         break;
4759
4760
4761     }
4762     /* tell fSubtitlesDelegate we have a new video container */
4763
4764     [fSubtitlesDelegate containerChanged:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]];
4765     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4766     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
4767     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
4768     {
4769         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
4770     }
4771     else
4772     {
4773         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4774     }
4775
4776     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4777     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4778     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4779     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4780
4781     if( format == 0 )
4782         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4783     else
4784         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
4785
4786     if( SuccessfulScan )
4787     {
4788         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
4789         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4790         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4791         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4792         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4793
4794         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
4795         {
4796
4797             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4798             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
4799
4800             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4801             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4802
4803             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
4804             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4805             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4806         }
4807     }
4808         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4809 }
4810
4811 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
4812 {
4813     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4814         return;
4815
4816     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
4817
4818     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4819                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4820                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4821                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
4822                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
4823     {
4824         extension = @"m4v";
4825     }
4826
4827     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
4828         return;
4829     else
4830         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
4831                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
4832 }
4833
4834 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
4835 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
4836 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
4837 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
4838 {
4839         if ([sender stringValue])
4840         {
4841                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4842                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4843                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4844                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4845
4846                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4847         }
4848 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4849 }
4850
4851
4852 #pragma mark -
4853 #pragma mark - Video
4854
4855 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4856 {
4857     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4858     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4859
4860     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4861     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4862     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4863     {
4864         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4865         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4866     }
4867
4868     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4869     {
4870         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4871          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4872          anything other than MP4.
4873          */
4874         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4875         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4876     }
4877     else
4878     {
4879         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4880     }
4881     [self setupQualitySlider];
4882         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4883         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4884 }
4885
4886
4887 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4888 {
4889         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4890         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4891     {
4892                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4893                 {
4894                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4895                 }
4896                 else
4897                 {
4898                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4899                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4900                 }
4901                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4902                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4903                 {
4904                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4905                 }
4906         }
4907         else
4908         {
4909                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4910                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4911         }
4912
4913         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4914         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4915 }
4916
4917 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4918 {
4919     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4920     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4921
4922     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4923         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4924 }
4925 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4926 {
4927     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4928
4929     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4930     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4931     {
4932         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4933         {
4934             case 0:
4935                 target = true;
4936                 break;
4937             case 1:
4938                 bitrate = true;
4939                 break;
4940             case 2:
4941                 quality = true;
4942                 break;
4943         }
4944     }
4945     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4946     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4947     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4948     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4949     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4950     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4951         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4952     if( quality )
4953     {
4954         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4955                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4956                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4957     }
4958
4959     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4960     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4961         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4962 }
4963
4964 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4965  * the video encoder selected.
4966  */
4967 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4968 {
4969     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4970      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4971     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4972     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4973     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4974     /* x264 0-51 */
4975     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4976     {
4977         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4978         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4979         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4980         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4981         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4982         qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4983     }
4984     /* ffmpeg  1-31 */
4985     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG )
4986     {
4987         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4988         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4989         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4990     }
4991     /* Theora 0-63 */
4992     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4993     {
4994         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4995         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4996         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4997     }
4998     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4999
5000     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
5001     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
5002     {
5003         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
5004         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
5005         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
5006     }
5007
5008     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
5009 }
5010
5011 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
5012 {
5013     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
5014      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
5015      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
5016      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
5017      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
5018      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
5019      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
5020      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
5021      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
5022      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
5023      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
5024      */
5025
5026     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
5027     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
5028     //float sliderRfToPercent;
5029     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
5030     {
5031         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
5032     }
5033     else
5034     {
5035         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
5036     }
5037     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
5038 }
5039
5040 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
5041 {
5042     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5043 }
5044
5045 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
5046 {
5047     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
5048     {
5049         return;
5050     }
5051
5052     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5053     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
5054             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5055     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
5056     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5057     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
5058      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
5059      * as well as all of the audio track info.
5060      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
5061      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
5062      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
5063      * needed
5064      */
5065     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
5066     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
5067     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5068
5069     /* Audio goes here */
5070     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
5071     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
5072     {
5073         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
5074         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
5075     }
5076     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
5077     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5078     {
5079         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5080         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5081         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5082         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5083         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5084         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5085         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5086         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5087         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5088         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
5089
5090         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5091         free(audio);
5092     }
5093     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5094     {
5095         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5096         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5097         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5098         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5099         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5100         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5101         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5102         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5103         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5104         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
5105
5106         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5107         free(audio);
5108
5109     }
5110
5111     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5112     {
5113         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5114         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5115         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5116         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5117         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5118         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5119         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5120         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5121         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5122         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
5123
5124         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5125         free(audio);
5126
5127     }
5128
5129     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5130     {
5131         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
5132         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
5133         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5134         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
5135         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5136         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5137         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5138         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5139         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
5140         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
5141
5142         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
5143         free(audio);
5144
5145     }
5146
5147 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
5148 }
5149
5150 #pragma mark -
5151 #pragma mark - Picture
5152
5153 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
5154    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
5155    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
5156    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
5157 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
5158 {
5159         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
5160         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
5161     job->width = fTitle->width;
5162     job->height = fTitle->height;
5163
5164     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
5165     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
5166     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
5167 }
5168
5169 /**
5170  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
5171  */
5172
5173 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
5174 {
5175         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
5176 }
5177
5178 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
5179 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
5180 {
5181         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
5182         {
5183         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
5184         }
5185
5186     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode != 1) // we are not strict so show the modulus
5187         {
5188         [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@, Modulus: %d", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString], fTitle->job->modulus]];
5189     }
5190     else
5191     {
5192         [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
5193     }
5194     NSString *picCropping;
5195     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
5196         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
5197         {
5198         picCropping =  @"Custom";
5199         }
5200         else
5201         {
5202                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
5203         }
5204     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
5205
5206     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
5207
5208     NSString *videoFilters;
5209     videoFilters = @"";
5210     /* Detelecine */
5211     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
5212     {
5213         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
5214     }
5215     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
5216     {
5217         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
5218     }
5219
5220
5221     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
5222     {
5223         /* Decomb */
5224         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
5225         {
5226             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
5227         }
5228         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
5229         {
5230             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
5231         }
5232     }
5233     else
5234     {
5235         /* Deinterlace */
5236         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
5237         {
5238             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
5239         }
5240         else
5241         {
5242             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
5243         }
5244
5245         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
5246         {
5247             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
5248         }
5249         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
5250         {
5251             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
5252         }
5253         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
5254         {
5255             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
5256         }
5257         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
5258         {
5259             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
5260         }
5261         }
5262
5263
5264     /* Denoise */
5265         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
5266         {
5267                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
5268     }
5269         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
5270         {
5271                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
5272     }
5273         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
5274         {
5275                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
5276         }
5277     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
5278         {
5279                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
5280         }
5281
5282     /* Deblock */
5283     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
5284     {
5285         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
5286     }
5287
5288     /* Grayscale */
5289     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
5290     {
5291         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
5292     }
5293     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
5294
5295     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
5296 }
5297
5298
5299 #pragma mark -
5300 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
5301 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5302 {
5303
5304     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5305     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5306     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5307     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5308     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5309     {
5310         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5311         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5312         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5313         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5314     }
5315     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5316     {
5317         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5318         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5319         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5320         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5321     }
5322     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5323     {
5324         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5325         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5326         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5327         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5328     }
5329     else
5330     {
5331         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5332         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5333         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5334         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5335     }
5336
5337     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
5338         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
5339     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
5340
5341 }
5342
5343 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
5344 {
5345     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
5346      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
5347      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
5348      */
5349
5350     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
5351      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
5352      */
5353
5354     /* If the source has no audio then disable audio track 1 */
5355     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0)
5356     {
5357         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5358     }
5359
5360     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5361     {
5362         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5363         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5364     }
5365     else
5366     {
5367         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5368     }
5369
5370     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5371     {
5372         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5373         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5374     }
5375     else
5376     {
5377         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5378     }
5379     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5380     {
5381         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
5382         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5383     }
5384     else
5385     {
5386         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
5387     }
5388     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
5389     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5390     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5391     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5392     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5393     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5394     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5395     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5396     {
5397         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5398         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5399         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5400         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5401         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5402         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5403     }
5404     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5405     {
5406         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5407         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5408         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5409         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5410     }
5411
5412     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
5413     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5414     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5415     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5416     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5417     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5418     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5419     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5420     {
5421         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5422         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5423         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5424         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5425         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5426         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5427     }
5428     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5429     {
5430         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5431         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5432         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5433         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5434     }
5435
5436     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
5437     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5438     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5439     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5440     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5441     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5442     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5443     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5444     {
5445         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5446         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5447         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5448         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5449         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5450         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
5451     }
5452     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5453     {
5454         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5455         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5456         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5457         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5458     }
5459
5460     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
5461     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5462     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5463     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5464     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5465     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5466     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5467     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5468     {
5469         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5470         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5471         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5472         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5473         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5474         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
5475     }
5476     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5477     {
5478         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5479         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5480         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5481         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5482     }
5483
5484 }
5485
5486 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
5487 {
5488
5489     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5490     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
5491         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5492
5493         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5494
5495     [sender removeAllItems];
5496     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
5497     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
5498     {
5499         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
5500         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
5501             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: audio->lang.description]
5502             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5503     }
5504     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5505
5506 }
5507
5508 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
5509 {
5510
5511     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
5512     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
5513     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
5514     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
5515     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) != 0)
5516     {
5517         if (searchPrefixString)
5518         {
5519
5520             for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
5521             {
5522                 /* Try to find the desired search string */
5523                 if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
5524                 {
5525                     [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
5526                     return;
5527                 }
5528             }
5529             /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
5530             /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
5531             /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
5532             [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5533         }
5534         else
5535         {
5536             /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
5537             [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5538         }
5539     }
5540     else
5541     {
5542         [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5543     }
5544
5545 }
5546 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
5547 {
5548     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
5549
5550     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
5551     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5552     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5553     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5554     {
5555         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5556         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5557     }
5558     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5559     {
5560         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5561         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5562     }
5563     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5564     {
5565         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5566         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5567     }
5568     else
5569     {
5570         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5571         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5572     }
5573
5574     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5575     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
5576     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5577     {
5578         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
5579         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
5580         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
5581         switch( format )
5582         {
5583             case 0:
5584                 /* MP4 */
5585                 // CA_AAC
5586                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5587                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5588                 // FAAC
5589                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5590                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5591                 // MP3
5592                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5593                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5594                 // AC3 Passthru
5595                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5596                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5597                 break;
5598
5599             case 1:
5600                 /* MKV */
5601                 // CA_AAC
5602                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5603                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5604                 // FAAC
5605                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5606                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5607                 // AC3 Passthru
5608                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5609                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5610                 // DTS Passthru
5611                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"DTS Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5612                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5613                 // MP3
5614                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5615                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5616                 // Vorbis
5617                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5618                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5619                 break;
5620         }
5621         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5622     }
5623     else
5624     {
5625         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
5626     }
5627 }
5628
5629 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5630 {
5631     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
5632     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
5633 }
5634
5635 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
5636 {
5637
5638     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5639     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5640     /* make sure we have a source audio track before continuing */
5641     if (hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0)
5642     {
5643         [sender selectItemAtIndex:0];
5644         return;
5645     }
5646     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
5647     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
5648     */
5649     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5650     {
5651         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5652     }
5653     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5654     {
5655         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5656     }
5657     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5658     {
5659         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5660     }
5661     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5662     {
5663         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5664     }
5665
5666     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
5667     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5668     {
5669         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
5670     }
5671     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5672     {
5673         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
5674     }
5675     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5676     {
5677         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
5678     }
5679     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
5680     {
5681         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
5682     }
5683
5684     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
5685     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5686     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5687     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5688     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5689     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
5690     {
5691         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5692         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5693         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5694         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5695     }
5696     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
5697     {
5698         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5699         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5700         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5701         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5702     }
5703     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
5704     {
5705         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5706         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5707         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5708         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5709     }
5710     else
5711     {
5712         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5713         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5714         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5715         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5716     }
5717
5718     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
5719     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5720
5721     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
5722     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5723
5724     int acodec;
5725     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
5726     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
5727
5728     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
5729     {
5730
5731         /* get the audio */
5732         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
5733
5734         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
5735         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
5736         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
5737
5738         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5739
5740         if (audio != NULL)
5741         {
5742
5743             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
5744             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
5745              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
5746             int audioCodecsSupportMono = (audio->in.codec && acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5747             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch = (audio->in.codec && acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5748
5749             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
5750             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5751             {
5752
5753             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5754                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "AC3 Passthru"]
5755                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5756              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5757             }
5758             else if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5759             {
5760             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5761                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "DTS Passthru"]
5762                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5763              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5764             }
5765             else
5766             {
5767
5768                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
5769                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
5770                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
5771
5772                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
5773                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
5774                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
5775
5776                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
5777                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
5778
5779                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
5780                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
5781                 {
5782                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5783                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
5784                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5785                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
5786                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
5787                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
5788                 }
5789
5790                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
5791                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
5792                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
5793                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
5794                 {
5795                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5796                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
5797                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5798                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
5799                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
5800                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
5801                 }
5802
5803                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
5804                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
5805                 {
5806                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5807                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
5808                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5809                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
5810                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
5811                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
5812                 }
5813
5814                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
5815                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
5816                 {
5817                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5818                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
5819                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5820                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
5821                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
5822                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
5823                 }
5824
5825                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
5826                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
5827                 {
5828                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5829                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
5830                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5831                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
5832                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
5833                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
5834                 }
5835
5836                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
5837                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5838                 {
5839                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5840                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5841                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5842                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5843                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5844                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5845                 }
5846
5847                 /* do we want to add a DTS Passthru option ? HB_ACODEC_DCA*/
5848                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5849                 {
5850                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5851                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5852                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5853                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5854                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5855                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5856                 }
5857
5858                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5859
5860                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5861                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5862                 int useMixdown;
5863
5864                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5865                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5866                 {
5867                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5868                 }
5869                 else
5870                 {
5871                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5872                 }
5873
5874                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5875                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5876                 {
5877                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5878                 }
5879
5880                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5881                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5882                 {
5883                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5884                 }
5885
5886                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5887                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5888
5889             }
5890             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5891              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use CoreAudio aac for all containers.
5892              */
5893             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5894             {
5895                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5896             }
5897
5898             /* In the case of a source track that is not DTS and the user tries to use DTS Passthru (which does not work)
5899              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use CoreAudio aac for all containers.
5900              */
5901             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5902             {
5903                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5904             }
5905
5906             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5907             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5908         }
5909
5910     }
5911     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5912     {
5913         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5914     }
5915 }
5916
5917 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5918 {
5919
5920     int acodec;
5921     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5922     * we will need later
5923     */
5924     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5925     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5926     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5927     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5928     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5929     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5930     NSTextField * drcField;
5931     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5932     {
5933         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5934         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5935         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5936         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5937         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5938         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5939         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5940     }
5941     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5942     {
5943         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5944         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5945         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5946         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5947         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5948         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5949         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5950     }
5951     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5952     {
5953         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5954         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5955         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5956         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5957         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5958         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5959         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5960     }
5961     else
5962     {
5963         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5964         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5965         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5966         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5967         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5968         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5969         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5970     }
5971     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5972     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5973     int minbitrate;
5974     int maxbitrate;
5975
5976     switch( acodec )
5977     {
5978         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5979             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5980             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5981             {
5982                 /* FAAC has a minimum of 192 kbps for 6-channel discrete */
5983                 minbitrate = 192;
5984                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 448 kbps */
5985                 maxbitrate = 448;
5986                 break;
5987             }
5988             else
5989             {
5990                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5991                 minbitrate = 32;
5992                 /* FAAC won't honour anything more than 160 for stereo, so let's not offer it */
5993                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5994                 maxbitrate = 160;
5995                 break;
5996             }
5997
5998         case HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC:
5999             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
6000             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
6001             {
6002                 minbitrate = 128;
6003                 maxbitrate = 768;
6004                 break;
6005             }
6006             else
6007             {
6008                 minbitrate = 64;
6009                 maxbitrate = 320;
6010                 break;
6011             }
6012
6013             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
6014             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
6015             minbitrate = 32;
6016             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
6017             maxbitrate = 320;
6018             break;
6019
6020             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
6021             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
6022             {
6023                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
6024                 minbitrate = 192;
6025                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
6026                 maxbitrate = 384;
6027                 break;
6028             }
6029             else
6030             {
6031                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
6032                 minbitrate = 48;
6033                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
6034                 maxbitrate = 384;
6035                 break;
6036             }
6037
6038             default:
6039             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
6040             minbitrate = 32;
6041             maxbitrate = 384;
6042
6043     }
6044
6045     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
6046     if (fTitle == NULL || hb_list_count( fTitle->list_audio ) == 0) return;
6047     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
6048     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6049     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6050     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
6051     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
6052
6053     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_DCA)
6054     {
6055         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
6056
6057         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
6058         {
6059             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
6060             {
6061                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
6062                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6063                                         [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
6064                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6065                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
6066                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
6067             }
6068         }
6069
6070         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
6071         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
6072         {
6073             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
6074         }
6075         else
6076         {
6077             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
6078         }
6079     }
6080     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
6081     /* Audio samplerate */
6082     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
6083     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
6084     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6085     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
6086
6087     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
6088     {
6089         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6090                                 [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
6091                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6092         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
6093     }
6094     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
6095     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
6096     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
6097     */
6098     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
6099
6100
6101     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru and DTS Pass Thru uses the input bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
6102     * bitrate and display it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
6103     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
6104     */
6105     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
6106     {
6107
6108         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
6109         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
6110         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
6111                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
6112                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
6113         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
6114         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
6115         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
6116         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
6117
6118         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
6119         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6120         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
6121         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
6122     }
6123     else
6124     {
6125         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
6126         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
6127         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
6128         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
6129     }
6130 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6131 }
6132
6133 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
6134 {
6135     NSSlider * drcSlider;
6136     NSTextField * drcField;
6137     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
6138     {
6139         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6140         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
6141     }
6142     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
6143     {
6144         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6145         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
6146     }
6147     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
6148     {
6149         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6150         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
6151     }
6152     else
6153     {
6154         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6155         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
6156     }
6157
6158     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
6159     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
6160     {
6161         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
6162     }
6163
6164
6165     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
6166     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
6167     * compared to presets
6168     */
6169     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
6170 }
6171
6172 #pragma mark -
6173
6174 - (IBAction) browseImportSrtFile: (id) sender
6175 {
6176
6177     NSOpenPanel * panel;
6178
6179     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
6180     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
6181     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
6182     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
6183     NSString * sourceDirectory;
6184         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"])
6185         {
6186                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
6187         }
6188         else
6189         {
6190                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
6191                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
6192         }
6193     /* we open up the browse srt sheet here and call for browseImportSrtFileDone after the sheet is closed */
6194     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"srt", nil];
6195     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
6196                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
6197                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportSrtFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
6198                       contextInfo: sender];
6199 }
6200
6201 - (void) browseImportSrtFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
6202                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
6203 {
6204     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
6205     {
6206         NSString *importSrtDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
6207         NSString *importSrtFilePath = [sheet filename];
6208         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importSrtDirectory forKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
6209
6210         /* now pass the string off to fSubtitlesDelegate to add the srt file to the dropdown */
6211         [fSubtitlesDelegate createSubtitleSrtTrack:importSrtFilePath];
6212
6213         [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
6214
6215     }
6216 }
6217
6218 #pragma mark -
6219 #pragma mark Open New Windows
6220
6221 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
6222 {
6223     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6224         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
6225 }
6226
6227 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
6228 {
6229     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6230         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
6231 }
6232 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
6233 {
6234     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
6235         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
6236 }
6237
6238 /**
6239  * Shows debug output window.
6240  */
6241 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
6242 {
6243     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
6244 }
6245
6246 /**
6247  * Shows preferences window.
6248  */
6249 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
6250 {
6251     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
6252     if (![window isVisible])
6253         [window center];
6254
6255     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
6256 }
6257
6258 /**
6259  * Shows queue window.
6260  */
6261 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
6262 {
6263     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
6264 }
6265
6266
6267 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
6268     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
6269 }
6270
6271 /**
6272  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
6273  */
6274
6275 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
6276 {
6277         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
6278 }
6279
6280 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
6281 {
6282         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
6283 }
6284
6285 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
6286 {
6287         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
6288 }
6289
6290 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
6291 {
6292         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
6293 }
6294
6295 #pragma mark -
6296 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
6297 #pragma mark - Required
6298 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
6299
6300
6301 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
6302 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
6303 {
6304     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
6305     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
6306     {
6307         return [UserPresets count];
6308     }
6309     else
6310     {
6311         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6312         NSArray *children = nil;
6313         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6314         if ([children count] > 0)
6315         {
6316             return [children count];
6317         }
6318         else
6319         {
6320             return 0;
6321         }
6322     }
6323 }
6324
6325 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
6326 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
6327 {
6328
6329     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6330     NSArray *children = nil;
6331     if (item == nil)
6332     {
6333         children = UserPresets;
6334     }
6335     else
6336     {
6337         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6338         {
6339             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6340         }
6341     }
6342     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
6343     {
6344         return nil;
6345     }
6346     else
6347     {
6348         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
6349     }
6350
6351
6352     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
6353     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
6354     //return nil;
6355 }
6356
6357 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
6358 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
6359 {
6360
6361     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
6362     NSArray *children= nil;
6363     if (item == nil)
6364     {
6365         children = UserPresets;
6366     }
6367     else
6368     {
6369         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6370         {
6371             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6372         }
6373     }
6374
6375     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
6376      * we could do it by the children count as so:
6377      * if ([children count] < 1)
6378      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
6379      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
6380      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
6381      */
6382
6383     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
6384    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6385    {
6386         return YES;
6387     }
6388     else
6389     {
6390         return NO;
6391     }
6392
6393 }
6394
6395 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
6396 {
6397     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
6398     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
6399 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
6400
6401 return YES;
6402 }
6403
6404
6405 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
6406 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6407 {
6408         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
6409
6410     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6411     {
6412         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
6413     }
6414     else
6415     {
6416         //return @"";
6417         return nil;
6418     }
6419 }
6420
6421 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
6422 {
6423     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
6424 }
6425 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
6426 {
6427     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
6428 }
6429
6430 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
6431 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
6432 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
6433 {
6434     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6435     {
6436         NSFont *txtFont;
6437         NSColor *fontColor;
6438         NSColor *shadowColor;
6439         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6440         /*check to see if its a selected row */
6441         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
6442         {
6443
6444             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6445             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
6446         }
6447         else
6448         {
6449             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6450             {
6451                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
6452             }
6453             else // User created preset, use a black font
6454             {
6455                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6456             }
6457             /* check to see if its a folder */
6458             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6459             //{
6460             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
6461             //}
6462
6463
6464         }
6465         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
6466         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
6467         {
6468             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6469         }
6470         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
6471         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
6472         {
6473             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6474         }
6475
6476
6477         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
6478         [cell setFont:txtFont];
6479
6480     }
6481 }
6482
6483 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
6484 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6485 {
6486     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6487     {
6488         id theRecord;
6489
6490         theRecord = item;
6491         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
6492
6493         [self sortPresets];
6494
6495         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6496         /* We save all of the preset data here */
6497         [self savePreset];
6498     }
6499 }
6500 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
6501 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
6502 {
6503     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6504     //{
6505         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
6506         NSString *loc_tip;
6507         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
6508         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
6509         {
6510             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6511             return (loc_tip);
6512         }
6513         else
6514         {
6515             loc_tip = @"No description available";
6516         }
6517         return (loc_tip);
6518     //}
6519 }
6520
6521 #pragma mark -
6522 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
6523
6524
6525 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
6526 {
6527         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
6528     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
6529         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
6530     {
6531         return NO;
6532     }
6533     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
6534     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
6535     fDraggedNodes = items;
6536     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
6537     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
6538
6539     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
6540     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
6541
6542     return YES;
6543 }
6544
6545 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
6546 {
6547
6548         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
6549
6550     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
6551     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
6552         return NSDragOperationNone;
6553
6554     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
6555         if (item != nil)
6556         {
6557                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
6558                 item = nil;
6559         }
6560
6561     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
6562     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
6563     {
6564         return NSDragOperationNone;
6565         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
6566         }
6567
6568     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
6569     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
6570 }
6571
6572
6573
6574 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
6575 {
6576     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
6577     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
6578         {
6579     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6580     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6581     [childrenArray addObject:item];
6582     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6583     [childrenArray autorelease];
6584     }
6585     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
6586     {
6587         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
6588         id obj;
6589         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
6590         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
6591         {
6592             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
6593         }
6594         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
6595         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
6596     }
6597     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6598     [self savePreset];
6599     return YES;
6600 }
6601
6602 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
6603 {
6604     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
6605     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
6606
6607     NSUInteger removeIndex;
6608
6609     if (index >= insertIndex)
6610     {
6611         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
6612         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
6613     }
6614     else
6615     {
6616         removeIndex = index;
6617         insertIndex--;
6618     }
6619
6620     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
6621     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
6622     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
6623     [object release];
6624
6625     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
6626 }
6627
6628
6629
6630 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
6631
6632 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
6633 {
6634
6635     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
6636     {
6637         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6638         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6639
6640         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
6641         {
6642             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
6643         }
6644         else
6645         {
6646             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6647         }
6648
6649         /* File Format */
6650         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
6651         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
6652
6653         /* Chapter Markers*/
6654         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
6655         /* check to see if we have only one chapter */
6656         [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
6657
6658         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6659         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
6660         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6661         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
6662
6663         /* Video encoder */
6664         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
6665         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
6666         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
6667
6668         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
6669         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
6670         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
6671         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
6672         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6673
6674         /* Video quality */
6675         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
6676
6677         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
6678         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
6679
6680         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
6681          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
6682          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
6683          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
6684          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
6685         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
6686         {
6687             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
6688             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
6689             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
6690
6691         }
6692         else
6693         {
6694             /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
6695             if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
6696             {
6697                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6698             }
6699             else
6700             {
6701                 /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
6702                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6703             }
6704         }
6705
6706         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
6707
6708         /* Video framerate */
6709         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
6710          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
6711         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
6712         {
6713             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6714         }
6715         else
6716         {
6717             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
6718         }
6719
6720
6721         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6722         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
6723         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
6724
6725         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
6726         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
6727
6728         /*Audio*/
6729         /* First we check to see if we are using the current audio track layout based on AudioList array */
6730         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"])
6731         {
6732
6733             /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
6734             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPreviousPopUp = nil;
6735             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPopUp = nil;
6736             NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp = nil;
6737             NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp = nil;
6738             NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp = nil;
6739             NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp = nil;
6740             NSSlider      * drcSlider = nil;
6741
6742
6743             /* Populate the audio widgets based on the contents of the AudioList array */
6744             int i = 0;
6745             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"] objectEnumerator];
6746             id tempObject;
6747             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6748             {
6749                 i++;
6750                 if( i == 1 )
6751                 {
6752                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6753                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
6754                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
6755                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
6756                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
6757                     drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6758                 }
6759                 if( i == 2 )
6760                 {
6761                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6762                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6763                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
6764                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
6765                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
6766                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
6767                     drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6768                 }
6769                 if( i == 3 )
6770                 {
6771                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6772                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6773                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
6774                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
6775                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
6776                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
6777                     drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6778                 }
6779                 if( i == 4 )
6780                 {
6781                     trackLangPreviousPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6782                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
6783                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
6784                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
6785                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
6786                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
6787                     drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6788                 }
6789
6790
6791                 if ([trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6792                 {
6793                     if (i ==1)
6794                     {
6795                         [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6796                     }
6797                     else
6798                     {
6799                         /* if we are greater than track 1, select
6800                          * the same track as the previous track */
6801                         [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [trackLangPreviousPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
6802                     }
6803                 }
6804                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6805                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"]];
6806                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is a built in  */
6807                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6808                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6809                     [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6810                 {
6811                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6812                 }
6813
6814                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6815                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioMixdown"]];
6816                 [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
6817                 /* check to see if the selection was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6818                  * mixdown*/
6819                 if  ([mixdownPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6820                 {
6821                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6822                     [self writeToActivityLog: "presetSelected mixdown not selected, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged"];
6823                 }
6824                 [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioSamplerate"]];
6825                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6826                 if (![[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6827                 {
6828                     [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioBitrate"]];
6829                     /* check to see if the bitrate selection was available, if not, rerun audioTrackMixdownChanged using the mixdown to just set the
6830                      *default mixdown bitrate*/
6831                     if ([bitratePopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6832                     {
6833                         [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
6834                     }
6835                 }
6836                 [drcSlider setFloatValue:[[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6837                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6838
6839
6840                 /* If we are any track greater than 1 check to make sure we have a matching source codec is using ac3 passthru or dts passthru,
6841                  * if not we will set the track to "None". Track 1 is allowed to mixdown to a suitable DPL2 mix if we cannot passthru */
6842
6843                 if( i > 1 )
6844                 {
6845                     /* Check to see if the preset asks for a passhthru track (AC3 or DTS) and verify there is a matching source track if not, set the track to "None". */
6846                     if (([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])  && [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] != 0)
6847                     {
6848                         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6849                         /* get the audio source audio codec */
6850                         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6851                         if (audio != NULL && [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
6852                             [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA )
6853                         {
6854                             /* We have a preset using ac3 passthru but no ac3 source audio, so set the track to "None" and bail */
6855                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6856                             {
6857                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for AC3 Pass thru ..."];
6858                             }
6859                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])
6860                             {
6861                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for DTS Pass thru ..."];
6862                             }
6863                             [self writeToActivityLog: "No matching source codec, setting track  %d to None", i];
6864                             [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6865                             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6866                         }
6867                     }
6868                 }
6869             }
6870
6871             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6872
6873             if (i < 4)
6874             {
6875                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6876                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6877
6878                 if (i < 3)
6879                 {
6880                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6881                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6882
6883                     if (i < 2)
6884                     {
6885                         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6886                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6887                     }
6888                 }
6889             }
6890
6891         }
6892         else
6893         {
6894             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
6895             {
6896                 if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6897                 {
6898                     [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6899                 }
6900                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
6901                 [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
6902                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6903                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6904                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6905                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6906                 {
6907                     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6908                 }
6909
6910                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6911                 [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
6912                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6913                  * mixdown*/
6914                 if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6915                 {
6916                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6917                 }
6918                 [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
6919                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6920                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6921                 {
6922                     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
6923                 }
6924                 [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6925                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
6926             }
6927
6928             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
6929             {
6930                 if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6931                 {
6932                     [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6933                 }
6934                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6935                 [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
6936                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6937                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6938                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6939                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6940                 {
6941                     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6942                 }
6943                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6944                 [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
6945                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6946                  * mixdown*/
6947                 if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6948                 {
6949                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6950                 }
6951                 [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
6952                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6953                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6954                 {
6955                     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
6956                 }
6957                 [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6958                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
6959             }
6960             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6961             {
6962                 if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6963                 {
6964                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6965                 }
6966                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6967                 [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
6968                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
6969                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
6970                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6971                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6972                 {
6973                     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6974                 }
6975                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6976                 [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
6977                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6978                  * mixdown*/
6979                 if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6980                 {
6981                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6982                 }
6983                 [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
6984                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6985                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
6986                 {
6987                     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
6988                 }
6989                 [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6990                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
6991             }
6992             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6993             {
6994                 if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6995                 {
6996                     [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6997                 }
6998                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6999                 [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
7000                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if preset is built in */
7001                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0 &&
7002                     [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
7003                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
7004                 {
7005                     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
7006                 }
7007                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
7008                 [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
7009                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
7010                  * mixdown*/
7011                 if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
7012                 {
7013                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
7014                 }
7015                 [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
7016                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
7017                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
7018                 {
7019                     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
7020                 }
7021                 [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
7022                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
7023             }
7024
7025             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
7026
7027             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
7028             {
7029                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7030                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
7031             }
7032             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
7033             {
7034                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7035                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
7036             }
7037             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
7038             {
7039                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7040                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
7041             }
7042         }
7043
7044         /*Subtitles*/
7045         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
7046         /* Forced Subtitles */
7047         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
7048
7049         /* Picture Settings */
7050         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
7051          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
7052          * picture filters are handled separately below.
7053          */
7054         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
7055          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
7056          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
7057          */
7058         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
7059         {
7060             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7061
7062             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
7063              when the preset was created and apply them */
7064             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
7065             {
7066                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
7067
7068                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
7069                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
7070                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
7071                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
7072                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
7073
7074             }
7075             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
7076             {
7077                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
7078                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
7079                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
7080                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
7081                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
7082                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
7083
7084             }
7085
7086             /* Set modulus */
7087             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"])
7088             {
7089                 job->modulus = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureModulus"]  intValue];
7090             }
7091             else
7092             {
7093                 job->modulus = 16;
7094             }
7095
7096             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
7097             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
7098             {
7099                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7100                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
7101                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
7102                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
7103                 {
7104                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
7105                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
7106                     {
7107                         job->height = fTitle->height;
7108                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
7109                     }
7110                 }
7111                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
7112             }
7113             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
7114             {
7115                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
7116                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
7117                 {
7118                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
7119                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
7120                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
7121                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
7122                 }
7123                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
7124                 {
7125                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
7126                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
7127                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
7128                 }
7129                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
7130                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
7131                 {
7132                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
7133                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
7134                     {
7135                         job->height = fTitle->height;
7136                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
7137                     }
7138                 }
7139                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
7140
7141             }
7142
7143
7144         }
7145         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
7146         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
7147         {
7148             /* Filters */
7149
7150             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
7151              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
7152              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
7153              * sane.
7154              */
7155             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
7156             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
7157             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
7158             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
7159             {
7160                 /* we are using decomb */
7161                 /* Decomb */
7162                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
7163                 {
7164                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
7165
7166                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
7167                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
7168                     {
7169                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
7170                     }
7171                 }
7172              }
7173             else
7174             {
7175                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
7176                 /* Deinterlace */
7177                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
7178                 {
7179                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
7180                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
7181                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
7182                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
7183                     {
7184                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
7185                     }
7186                 }
7187             }
7188
7189
7190             /* Detelecine */
7191             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
7192             {
7193                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
7194                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
7195                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
7196                 {
7197                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
7198                 }
7199             }
7200             else
7201             {
7202                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
7203             }
7204
7205             /* Denoise */
7206             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
7207             {
7208                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
7209                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
7210                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
7211                 {
7212                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
7213                 }
7214             }
7215             else
7216             {
7217                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
7218             }
7219
7220             /* Deblock */
7221             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
7222             {
7223                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
7224                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
7225             }
7226             else
7227             {
7228                 /* use the settings intValue */
7229                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
7230             }
7231
7232             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
7233             {
7234                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
7235             }
7236             else
7237             {
7238                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
7239             }
7240         }
7241         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
7242         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
7243         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
7244         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
7245     }
7246 }
7247
7248
7249 #pragma mark -
7250 #pragma mark Manage Presets
7251
7252 - (void) loadPresets {
7253         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
7254         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
7255         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
7256     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
7257         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
7258     /* We check for the presets.plist */
7259         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
7260         {
7261                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7262         }
7263
7264         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
7265         if (nil == UserPresets)
7266         {
7267                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7268                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
7269         }
7270         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7271
7272     [self checkBuiltInsForUpdates];
7273 }
7274
7275 - (void) checkBuiltInsForUpdates {
7276
7277         BOOL updateBuiltInPresets = NO;
7278     int i = 0;
7279     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7280     id tempObject;
7281     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7282     {
7283         /* iterate through the built in presets to see if any have an old build number */
7284         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7285         /*Key Type == 0 is built in, and key PresetBuildNumber is the build number it was created with */
7286         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7287         {
7288                         if (![thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] || [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] intValue] < [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue])
7289             {
7290                 updateBuiltInPresets = YES;
7291             }
7292                 }
7293         i++;
7294     }
7295     /* if we have built in presets to update, then do so AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate*/
7296     if ( updateBuiltInPresets == YES)
7297     {
7298         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate"] == YES)
7299         {
7300             /* Show an alert window that built in presets will be updated */
7301             /*On Screen Notification*/
7302             int status;
7303             NSBeep();
7304             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake has determined your built in presets are out of date...",@"HandBrake will now update your built-in presets.", @"OK", nil, nil);
7305             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
7306         }
7307         /* when alert is dismissed, go ahead and update the built in presets */
7308         [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
7309     }
7310
7311 }
7312
7313
7314 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
7315 {
7316     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
7317     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7318
7319     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
7320     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
7321     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
7322     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
7323     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
7324     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
7325     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
7326     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
7327     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
7328     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
7329     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
7330         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
7331         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
7332         /* Show the panel */
7333         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
7334 }
7335
7336 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
7337 {
7338     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
7339     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
7340 }
7341
7342 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
7343 {
7344     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
7345             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
7346     else
7347     {
7348         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
7349         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
7350         [self addPreset];
7351
7352         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
7353     }
7354 }
7355 - (void)addPreset
7356 {
7357
7358
7359         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7360     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7361    /* We save all of the preset data here */
7362     [self savePreset];
7363 }
7364
7365 - (void)sortPresets
7366 {
7367
7368
7369         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
7370         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
7371                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
7372         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
7373         /*
7374     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
7375                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
7376         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
7377
7378     */
7379     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
7380     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
7381         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
7382         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
7383
7384
7385 }
7386
7387 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
7388 {
7389     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
7390     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
7391     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7392     [self savePreset];
7393 }
7394
7395 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
7396 {
7397     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7398     /* Preset build number */
7399     [preset setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7400     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
7401         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
7402     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
7403     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
7404     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
7405         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
7406         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
7407         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
7408         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7409     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
7410     {
7411         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
7412         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7413         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7414         [childrenArray autorelease];
7415     }
7416     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
7417     {
7418         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
7419         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
7420         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
7421         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
7422
7423         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
7424         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
7425         /* File Format */
7426         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
7427         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
7428         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
7429         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
7430         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
7431         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
7432         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
7433         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
7434         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
7435
7436         /* Codecs */
7437         /* Video encoder */
7438         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
7439         /* x264 Option String */
7440         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
7441
7442         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
7443         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
7444         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
7445         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
7446
7447         /* Video framerate */
7448         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
7449         {
7450             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7451         }
7452         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
7453         {
7454             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7455         }
7456
7457         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
7458         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
7459         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
7460         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
7461         /*Picture Settings*/
7462         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7463         /* Picture Sizing */
7464         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7465         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
7466         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
7467         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
7468         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
7469         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
7470         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->modulus] forKey:@"PictureModulus"];
7471
7472         /* Set crop settings here */
7473         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
7474         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
7475         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
7476         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
7477         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
7478
7479         /* Picture Filters */
7480         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
7481         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
7482         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
7483         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
7484         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
7485         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
7486         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
7487         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
7488         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
7489         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
7490         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
7491
7492         /*Audio*/
7493         NSMutableArray *audioListArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7494         /* we actually call the methods for the nests here */
7495         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7496         {
7497             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack1Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7498             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7499             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7500             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7501             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7502             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7503             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7504             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7505             [audioTrack1Array autorelease];
7506             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack1Array];
7507         }
7508
7509         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7510         {
7511             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack2Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7512             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7513             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7514             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7515             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7516             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7517             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7518             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7519             [audioTrack2Array autorelease];
7520             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack2Array];
7521         }
7522
7523         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7524         {
7525             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack3Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7526             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7527             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7528             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7529             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7530             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7531             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7532             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7533             [audioTrack3Array autorelease];
7534             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack3Array];
7535         }
7536
7537         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7538         {
7539             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack4Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7540             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7541             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7542             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7543             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7544             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7545             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7546             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7547             [audioTrack4Array autorelease];
7548             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack4Array];
7549         }
7550
7551
7552         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: audioListArray] forKey:@"AudioList"];
7553
7554
7555         /* Temporarily remove subtitles from creating a new preset as it has to be converted over to use the new
7556          * subititle array code. */
7557         /* Subtitles*/
7558         //[preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
7559         /* Forced Subtitles */
7560         //[preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
7561     }
7562     [preset autorelease];
7563     return preset;
7564
7565 }
7566
7567 - (void)savePreset
7568 {
7569     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7570         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
7571         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
7572
7573 }
7574
7575 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
7576 {
7577
7578
7579     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
7580     {
7581         return;
7582     }
7583     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
7584         int status;
7585     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
7586
7587     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
7588     {
7589         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7590         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7591         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7592
7593         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
7594         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7595         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7596         id tempObject;
7597         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7598         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7599         {
7600             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7601         }
7602         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7603         {
7604             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7605         }
7606
7607         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7608         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7609
7610         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7611         {
7612             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7613             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7614             {
7615                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7616             }
7617         }
7618
7619         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7620         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7621         [self savePreset];
7622     }
7623 }
7624
7625
7626 #pragma mark -
7627 #pragma mark Import Export Preset(s)
7628
7629 - (IBAction) browseExportPresetFile: (id) sender
7630 {
7631     /* Open a panel to let the user choose where and how to save the export file */
7632     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
7633         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
7634     NSString *defaultExportDirectory = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@/Desktop/", NSHomeDirectory()];
7635
7636         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: defaultExportDirectory file: @"HB_Export.plist"
7637                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7638                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseExportPresetFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7639                                           contextInfo: NULL];
7640 }
7641
7642 - (void) browseExportPresetFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7643                    returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7644 {
7645     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7646     {
7647         NSString *presetExportDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7648         NSString *exportPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7649         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:presetExportDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetExportDirectory"];
7650         /* We check for the presets.plist */
7651         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:exportPresetsFile] == 0)
7652         {
7653             [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createFileAtPath:exportPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7654         }
7655         NSMutableArray * presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:exportPresetsFile];
7656         if (nil == presetsToExport)
7657         {
7658             presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7659
7660             /* now get and add selected presets to export */
7661
7662         }
7663         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
7664         {
7665             [presetsToExport addObject:[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7666             [presetsToExport writeToFile:exportPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7667
7668         }
7669
7670     }
7671 }
7672
7673
7674 - (IBAction) browseImportPresetFile: (id) sender
7675 {
7676
7677     NSOpenPanel * panel;
7678
7679     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
7680     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
7681     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
7682     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
7683     NSString * sourceDirectory;
7684         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"])
7685         {
7686                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7687         }
7688         else
7689         {
7690                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
7691                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
7692         }
7693     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
7694         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
7695         */
7696     /* set this for allowed file types, not sure if we should allow xml or not */
7697     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"xml", nil];
7698     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
7699                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7700                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportPresetDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7701                       contextInfo: sender];
7702 }
7703
7704 - (void) browseImportPresetDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7705                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7706 {
7707     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7708     {
7709         NSString *importPresetsDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7710         NSString *importPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7711         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importPresetsDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7712         /* NOTE: here we need to do some sanity checking to verify we do not hose up our presets file   */
7713         NSMutableArray * presetsToImport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:importPresetsFile];
7714         /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7715         int i = 0;
7716         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [presetsToImport objectEnumerator];
7717         id tempObject;
7718         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7719         {
7720             /* make any changes to the incoming preset we see fit */
7721             /* make sure the incoming preset is not tagged as default */
7722             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7723             /* prepend "(imported) to the name of the incoming preset for clarification since it can be changed */
7724             NSString * prependedName = [@"(import) " stringByAppendingString:[tempObject objectForKey:@"PresetName"]] ;
7725             [tempObject setObject:prependedName forKey:@"PresetName"];
7726
7727             /* actually add the new preset to our presets array */
7728             [UserPresets addObject:tempObject];
7729             i++;
7730         }
7731         [presetsToImport autorelease];
7732         [self sortPresets];
7733         [self addPreset];
7734
7735     }
7736 }
7737
7738 #pragma mark -
7739 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
7740
7741 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
7742 {
7743         presetHbDefault = nil;
7744     presetUserDefault = nil;
7745     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
7746     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
7747     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
7748     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
7749
7750     int i = 0;
7751     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
7752     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
7753     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
7754     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7755         id tempObject;
7756         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7757         {
7758                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7759                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7760                 {
7761                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7762                 }
7763                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7764                 {
7765                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7766             userDefaultFound = YES;
7767         }
7768         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7769         {
7770                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
7771                 }
7772                 i++;
7773
7774         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7775         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7776         {
7777             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
7778             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7779             id tempObject;
7780             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7781             {
7782                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7783                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7784                 {
7785                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7786                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7787                 }
7788                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7789                 {
7790                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7791                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7792                     userDefaultFound = YES;
7793                 }
7794
7795                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7796                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7797                 {
7798                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
7799                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7800                     id tempObject;
7801                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7802                     {
7803                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7804                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7805                         {
7806                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7807                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7808                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7809                         }
7810                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7811                         {
7812                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7813                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7814                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7815                             userDefaultFound = YES;
7816                         }
7817
7818                     }
7819                 }
7820             }
7821         }
7822
7823         }
7824     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
7825      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
7826      */
7827     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
7828     {
7829         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
7830         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
7831     }
7832 }
7833
7834 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7835 {
7836 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
7837    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
7838    {
7839    return;
7840    }
7841
7842     int i = 0;
7843     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7844         id tempObject;
7845         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
7846     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7847         {
7848                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7849                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7850                 {
7851                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7852                 }
7853
7854                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7855         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7856         {
7857             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7858             id tempObject;
7859             int ii = 0;
7860             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7861             {
7862                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
7863                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7864                 {
7865                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7866                 }
7867                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7868                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7869                 {
7870                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7871                     id tempObject;
7872                     int iii = 0;
7873                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7874                     {
7875                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7876                         {
7877                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7878                         }
7879                         iii++;
7880                     }
7881                 }
7882                 ii++;
7883             }
7884
7885         }
7886         i++;
7887         }
7888
7889
7890     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7891     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7892     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7893
7894
7895     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7896     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7897
7898     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7899     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7900     {
7901         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7902     }
7903     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7904     {
7905         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7906     }
7907
7908     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7909     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7910     int iiii = 0;
7911     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7912     {
7913         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7914         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7915         {
7916             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
7917             {
7918                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
7919             }
7920         }
7921      iiii++;
7922      }
7923
7924
7925     /* We save all of the preset data here */
7926     [self savePreset];
7927     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7928     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7929 }
7930
7931 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7932 {
7933         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
7934     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
7935         if (presetUserDefault)
7936         {
7937         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
7938     }
7939         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
7940         {
7941         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
7942         }
7943     else
7944     {
7945     return;
7946     }
7947
7948     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
7949     {
7950         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
7951
7952     }
7953     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
7954     {
7955         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
7956
7957     }
7958
7959     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
7960         [self selectPreset:nil];
7961 }
7962
7963
7964 #pragma mark -
7965 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
7966
7967
7968 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7969 {
7970     //int status;
7971     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7972         id tempObject;
7973
7974         //NSNumber *index;
7975     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7976
7977
7978         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7979         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
7980         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
7981                 {
7982                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
7983                         presets to delete */
7984                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7985                         {
7986                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7987                         }
7988         }
7989
7990         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7991         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7992         [self savePreset];
7993
7994 }
7995
7996    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory presets */
7997 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7998 {
7999
8000     /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
8001     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
8002     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
8003      * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
8004     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
8005     /* update build number for built in presets */
8006     /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
8007     int i = 0;
8008     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
8009     id tempObject;
8010     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
8011     {
8012         /* Record the apps current build number in the PresetBuildNumber key */
8013         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
8014         {
8015             /* Preset build number */
8016             [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
8017         }
8018         i++;
8019     }
8020     /* report the built in preset updating to the activity log */
8021     [self writeToActivityLog: "built in presets updated to build number: %d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]];
8022
8023     [self sortPresets];
8024     [self addPreset];
8025
8026 }
8027
8028
8029 @end
8030
8031 /*******************************
8032  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
8033  *******************************/
8034
8035 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
8036 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
8037 {
8038     fIsDragging = YES;
8039
8040     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
8041     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
8042     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
8043     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
8044 }
8045
8046
8047
8048 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
8049 {
8050     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
8051         fIsDragging = NO;
8052 }
8053
8054
8055
8056 - (BOOL) isDragging;
8057 {
8058     return fIsDragging;
8059 }
8060 @end
8061
8062
8063